ICs for Communications
Enhanced ISDN Data Access Controller
ISAR 34
PSB 7115 Version 2.1
Firmware Version 1.01
Data Sheet 02.98 DS 2
Edition 02.98
This edition was realized using the software system FrameMaker
.
Published by Siemens AG,
HL SP,
Balans traße 73,
81541 München
©
Siemens AG 1998.
All Rights Reserved.
Attention please!
As far as patent s or ot her right s of third part ies are concerned , liability is only as sumed for components, not for app lic ations, processes
and circu its implem ente d wi thin co mponents or ass em blies.
The information describes the type of comp onent and shall not be considered as assure d characteristics .
Terms of delivery and right s to change design res erved.
For questions on technology, delivery and prices please contact the Semiconductor Group Offices in Germany or the Siemens Compani es
and Repre sentat ives worldwide (see address list).
Due to techn ical requirem en ts component s m ay contain dangerous substa nces . For inform ation on the types in question please contact
your nea rest Siem ens Off ice, Sem iconductor Group.
Siemens AG is an approved CECC manufacturer.
Packing
Please use the recycling operators known to you. We can also help you – get in touch with your nearest sales office. By agreement we will
take packing material bac k, if it is sorted. You mus t bear the costs of t rans port .
For packing material that is returned to us unsorted or which we are not obliged to accept, we shall have to inv oice you f or an y costs incur-
red.
Components used in life-support devices or systems must be expressly authorized for such purpose!
Critical components
1
of the Semiconductor Group of Siemens AG, may only be used in life-support devices or systems
2
with the express
written approval of the Semic onductor Group of Siemens AG.
1 A critical component is a component used in a life-support device or system whose failure can reasonably be expected to cause the
failure of that life-suppo rt dev ice or sy st em, or to affect its safet y or ef fec tiveness of that device or syst em .
2 Life support devices or syst em s are inte nded (a) to be implanted in the human body, or (b) to support and/o r mainta in and sustain hu-
man life. If they fail, it is reason able to assum e tha t the health of the user may be endangered.
PSB 7115
Revision History: Current Version: 02.98
Previous Version: 09.97
Page
(in previou s
Version)
Page
(in current
Version)
Subjects (major changes since last revision)
247/248 256/257 External Memory Interface timings added
- 188-196 General Purpose I/Os added
126 126 16 bit data path added
173 173 TSL=011 mode removed
IOM®, IOM®-1, IOM®-2, SICOFI®, SICOFI®-2, SICOFI®-4, SICOFI®-4µC, SLICOFI®, ARCOFI® , ARCOFI®-BA,
ARCOFI®-SP, EPIC®-1, EPIC®-S, ELIC®, IPAT®-2, ITAC®, ISAC®-S, I SAC®-S TE, ISAC®-P, ISAC®-P TE, IDEC®,
SICAT®, OCTAT®-P, QUAT®-S are r egis t ered tradema rk s of Siemens AG.
MUSAC-A, FALC54, IWE, SA RE, UTPT, ASM, ASP are t rademarks of Siem ens AG.
PSB 7115
Table of Contents Page
Semiconductor Group 3 02.98
1 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
1.1 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
1.2 System Integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
1.2.1 ISDN PC/Workstation Adapter with S-Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
1.2.2 ISDN PC / Workstation Adapter with U-Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
1.2.3 ISDN PC / Workstation Adapter as Intelligent NT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
1.2.4 ISDN Voice/Data Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
1.2.5 Fax/Modem Pool with Primary Rate Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
1.3 Logic Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
1.4 Device Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
1.5 Pin Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
1.5.1 Pin Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
2 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
2.1 Functional Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
2.2 Clock Generation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
2.3 Physical Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
2.3.1 Host Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
2.3.2 IOM-2 Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
2.3.3 SAI Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
2.3.4 External Memory Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
2.3.5 General Purpose I/O Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
2.4 Communications Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
2.5 Functional Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
2.5.1 Buffer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
2.5.2 SART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45
2.5.2.1 HDLC Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45
2.5.2.2 ASYNC Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
2.5.2.3 Binary Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
2.5.3 Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
2.5.3.1 Fax Modulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
2.5.3.2 Datamodem Modulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
2.5.3.3 Halfduplex Modulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
2.5.3.4 V.110 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
2.5.3.5 DTMF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
2.5.3.6 Bypass Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
2.5.4 IOM-2 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
2.5.5 D-Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56
2.5.6 C/I-Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56
2.5.7 TIC-Bus Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
2.5.8 MONITOR Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
3 Operational Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
PSB 7115
Table of Contents Page
Semiconductor Group 4 02.98
3.1 Host Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
3.1.1 Message Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
3.1.2 Interrupt Status Byte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
3.1.3 Control Registers and Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
3.1.4 Configuration After Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
3.1.5 Message Transfer from Host to ISAR 34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
3.1.6 Message Transfer from ISAR 34 to Host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74
3.1.7 Message Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
3.2 Buffer Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79
3.2.1 Buffer Configuration Setup (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79
3.2.2 Buffer Configuration Request (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
3.2.3 Buffer Configuration Response (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82
3.2.4 Buffer Control Command (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84
3.3 Buffer Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85
3.3.1 Buffer Status Request (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85
3.3.2 Buffer Status Response (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
3.3.3 Buffer Status Event (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89
3.3.3.1 Buffer Specific Status Event (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89
3.3.3.2 Buffer General Status Event (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90
3.4 SART Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
3.4.1 SART Configuration Setup - HDLC (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
3.4.2 SART Configuration Setup - ASYNC (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94
3.4.3 SART Configuration Setup - Binary (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97
3.4.4 SART Configuration Setup - Disable SART (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . .99
3.5 SART Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100
3.5.1 SART Status Events with Receive Data (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . . . .100
3.5.1.1 SART Status Events with Receive Data - HDLC (ISAR 34 Host) . . . .101
3.5.1.2 SART Status Events with Receive Data - ASYNC (ISAR 34 Host) . .103
3.5.1.3 SART Status Events with Receive Data - Binary (ISAR 34 Host) . . . .104
3.5.2 SART Control Commands with Transmit Data (Host ISAR 34) . . . . .105
3.5.2.1 SART Control Commands with Transmit Data - HDLC (Host ISAR 34) . .
105
3.5.2.2 SART Control Commands with Transmit Data - ASYNC (Host ISAR 34) .
107
3.5.2.3 SART Control Commands with Transmit Data - Binary (Host ISAR 34) . .
109
3.6 Pump Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
3.6.1 Pump Configuration Setup (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
3.6.1.1 Pump Configuration Setup - Fax Modulations (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . .112
3.6.1.2 Pump Configuration Setup - Datamodem Modulations (Host ISAR 34) . .
114
3.6.1.3 Pump Configuration Setup - Halfduplex Modulations (Host ISAR 34) 118
PSB 7115
Table of Contents Page
Semiconductor Group 5 02.98
3.6.1.4 Pump Configuration Setup - V.110 (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121
3.6.1.5 Pump Configuration Setup - DTMF (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123
3.6.1.6 Pump Configuration Setup - Bypass Mode (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . .126
3.6.2 Pump Control Command (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127
3.6.2.1 Pump Control Command - Fax Modulations (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . .128
3.6.2.2 Pump Control Command - Datamodem Modulations (Host ISAR 34) 131
3.6.2.3 Pump Control Command - Halfduplex Modulations (Host ISAR 34) . .131
3.6.2.4 Pump Control Command - V.110 (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132
3.6.2.5 Pump Control Command - DTMF (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135
3.6.2.6 Pump Control Command - Bypass Mode (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . .136
3.6.2.7 Pump Control Command - C/I-Channel (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . . .137
3.7 Pump Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139
3.7.1 Pump Status Request (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139
3.7.2 Pump Status Response (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140
3.7.2.1 Pump Status Response - Fax Modulations (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . .140
3.7.2.2 Pump Status Response - Datamodem Modulations (ISAR 34 Host) .142
3.7.2.3 Pump Status Response - Halfduplex Modulations (ISAR 34 Host) . .146
3.7.2.4 Pump Status Response - V.110 (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148
3.7.2.5 Pump Status Response - DTMF (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152
3.7.2.6 Pump Status Response - Bypass Mode (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . . . .153
3.7.2.7 Pump Status Response - Pump Disabled (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . . .154
3.7.3 Pump Status Events (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155
3.7.3.1 Pump Status Events - Fax Modulations (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . . . . .155
3.7.3.2 Pump Status Events - Datamodem Modulations (ISAR 34 Host) . . . .157
3.7.3.3 Pump Status Events - Halfduplex Modulations (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . .158
3.7.3.4 Pump Status Events - V.110 (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159
3.7.3.5 Pump Status Events - DTMF (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
3.7.3.6 Pump Status Events - Bypass Mode (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . . . . . . .164
3.7.3.7 Pump Status Events - D- and C/I-Channel (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . .165
3.8 IOM-2 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166
3.8.1 IOM-2 Configuration Setup - Path 1 and 2 (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . .166
3.8.2 IOM-2 Configuration Setup - Path 3 (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . . . . .169
3.8.3 IOM-2 Configuration Request (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170
3.8.4 IOM-2 Configuration Response - General Code (ISAR 34 Host) . . .171
3.8.5 IOM-2 Configuration Response - Path 1 and 2 (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . .172
3.8.6 IOM-2 Configuration Response - Path 3 (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . . .175
3.8.7 IOM-2 Control Commands - General Code (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . .176
3.8.8 IOM-2 Control Commands - Path 1 and 2 (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . .178
3.8.9 IOM-2 Status Events (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180
3.9 MONITOR Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181
3.9.1 Buffer Configuration and Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181
3.9.2 MONITOR Channel Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182
PSB 7115
Table of Contents Page
Semiconductor Group 6 02.98
3.9.2.1 MONITOR Channel Configuration Setup (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . .182
3.9.2.2 MONITOR Channel Configuration Request (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . .184
3.9.2.3 MONITOR Channel Configuration Response (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . .184
3.9.3 MONITOR Channel Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185
3.9.3.1 MONITOR Channel Receive Data (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185
3.9.3.2 MONITOR Channel Transmit Data (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186
3.9.3.3 MONITOR Channel Status Events (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187
3.10 GPIO (General Purpose I/Os) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188
3.10.1 GPIO Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189
3.10.1.1 GPIO Configuration - Output Register Set/Reset (Host ISAR 34) . . .189
3.10.1.2 GPIO Configuration - Direction (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191
3.10.1.3 GPIO Configuration - Open Drain Select (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . .192
3.10.1.4 GPIO Configuration - Strobed Input (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193
3.10.1.5 GPIO Configuration - Interrupt Mask (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . . . . .195
3.10.2 GPIO Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197
3.10.2.1 GPIO Status Request (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197
3.10.2.2 GPIO Status Event/Response (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198
3.11 Test/Diagnostics Path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
3.11.1 Timer Interrupt On/Off(Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
3.11.2 Timer Interrupt Event (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200
3.11.3 Chip Version Request (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201
3.11.4 Chip Version Response (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201
3.11.5 Software Version Request (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202
3.11.6 Software Version Response (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202
3.11.7 Request Selftest Result (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203
3.11.8 Selftest Response (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203
3.11.9 Soft Reset (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .204
3.11.10 Invalid Message Received (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .205
3.12 DSP Program Download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206
3.12.1 Structure of File Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208
3.12.2 Structure of Block Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210
3.12.3 Structure of Data Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212
3.12.3.1 Jump to Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212
3.12.3.2 Write Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213
3.12.3.3 Wait for Next Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .215
3.12.3.4 Wait for Specific Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217
3.12.3.5 Compare Last Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219
3.12.3.6 Set Coding Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .221
3.12.3.7 Set Status Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .222
3.12.3.8 Write to Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223
3.13 Fax Class 1 Implementation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225
3.13.1 Summary of ISAR 34 Fax Control Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .226
PSB 7115
Table of Contents Page
Semiconductor Group 7 02.98
3.13.2 Summary of ISAR 34 Fax Status Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .227
3.13.3 Procedure Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228
3.13.4 Fax Pump Startup Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229
3.13.5 HDLC Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230
3.13.6 Binary Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .231
3.13.7 HDLC Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .232
3.13.8 Binary Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233
3.13.9 Call Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234
3.13.10 Procedure Terminations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234
3.14 Startup Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235
3.14.1 V.8 Negotiation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235
3.14.2 Automode Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .236
4 Summary of Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .239
5 Example Configuration Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .243
6 Detailed Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .246
6.1 Register Address Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .246
6.2 Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .246
7 Electrical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .251
7.1 Absolute Maximum Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .251
7.2 Recommended Operating Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .251
7.3 DC Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .252
7.4 Capacitances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .253
7.5 Oscillator Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .253
7.6 XTAL1,2 Recommended Typical Crystal Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .253
7.7 AC Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .254
7.7.1 Testing Waveform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .254
7.7.2 Parallel Host Interface Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .254
7.7.3 External Memory Interface Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .258
7.7.4 IOM-2 Interface Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .260
8 Package Outlines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .261
PSB 7115
List of Figures Page
Semiconductor Group 8 02.98
Figure 1: ISDN PC/Workstation Adapter with S-Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Figure 2: ISDN PC/Workstation Adapter with U-Interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Figure 3: ISDN PC/Workstation Adapter as Intelligent NT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Figure 4: ISDN Voice/Data Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Figure 5: Fax/Modem Pool with Primary Rate Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Figure 6: Logic Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Figure 7: Device Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Figure 8: Pinout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Figure 9: Functional Block Diagram of the ISDN Data Access Controller . . . . . . . . 28
Figure 10: Clock Generation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Figure 11: Clock Mode Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Figure 12: R egister Access in Multiplexed and Non-Multiplexed Mode. . . . . . . . . . . 33
Figure 13: Linecard Mode of the IOM-2 Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Figure 14: Terminal mode of the IOM-2 Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Figure 15: Memory Configuration - DSP Program Download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Figure 16: General Purpose I/O Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Figure 17: Interrupt Input Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Figure 18: Host Interface Registers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Figure 19: Structure of Interrupt Status Byte. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Figure 20: Mailbox Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Figure 21: Communication Buffers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Figure 22: Structure of Datapath Buffers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Figure 23: HDLC Data Formatting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Figure 24: ASYNC Data Formatting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Figure 25: Binary Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Figure 26: Fax Modulations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Figure 27: Fax Class 1 Support. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Figure 28: Datamodem Modulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Figure 29: Halfduplex Modulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Figure 30: V.110 Formatting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Figure 31: DTMF Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Figure 32: Pump in Bypass Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Figure 33: IOM-2 Configuration Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Figure 34: TIC-Bus Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Figure 35: Structure of Last Octet within CH2 on DU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Figure 36: Structure of Last Octet within CH2 on DD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Figure 37: MONITOR Channel Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Figure 38: Host Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Figure 39: Message Transfer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Figure 40: Control Registers and Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Figure 41: Initialisation Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Figure 42: Write Message Transfer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
PSB 7115
List of Figures Page
Semiconductor Group 9 02.98
Figure 43: Read Message Transfer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Figure 44: Message Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Figure 45: Binary File Structure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Figure 46: Pointer on Data Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Figure 47: Download Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Figure 48: Block Header Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Figure 49: Data Block Process - Jump to Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Figure 50: Data Block Process - Write Message. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Figure 51: Data Block Process - Wait for Next Message. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Figure 52: Data Block Process - Wait for Specific Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Figure 53: D ata Block Process - Compare Last Message. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Figure 54: Data Block Process - Set Coding Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Figure 55: Data Block Process - Set Status Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Figure 56: Data Block Process - Write to Memory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Figure 57: Fax Class 1 - Startup Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Figure 58: Fax Class 1 - HDLC Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Figure 59: Fax Class 1 - Binary Transmission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Figure 60: Fax Class 1 - HDLC Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Figure 61: Fax Class 1 - Binary Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Figure 62: Fax Class 1 - Call Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Figure 63: Fax Class 1 - Procedure Terminations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Figure 64: V.8 Answering Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Figure 65: V.8 Originating Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Figure 66: Automode Answerer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Figure 67: Automode Originator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Figure 68: Oscillator Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Figure 69: Testing Input/Output Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Figure 70: Microprocessor Read Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Figure 71: Microprocessor Write Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Figure 72: Multiplexed Address Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Figure 73: Non-Multiplexed Address Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Figure 74: Microprocessor Read Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Figure 75: Microprocessor Write Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Figure 76: Non-Multiplexed Address Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Figure 77: External Memory Interface - Write Cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Figure 78: External Memory Interface - Read Cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Figure 79: IOM-2 Timing with Double Rate DCL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
PSB 7115
List of Tables Page
Semiconductor Group 10 02.98
Table 1: Clock Mode Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
Table 2: Host Interface Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
Table 3: Bus Operation Modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
Table 4: Buffer size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
Table 5: HIS Structure - Path 1, 2 and 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
Table 6: HIS Structure - Path 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
Table 7: IIS Structure - Path 1, 2 and 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
Table 8: IIS Structure - Path 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
Table 9: Configuration Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
Table 10: Pump Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
Table 11: Pump Modes in Path 1 and 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111
Table 12: V.110 Remote DTE Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162
Table 13: Structure of File Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208
Table 14: Structure of Block Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210
Table 15: Types of Data Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210
Table 16: Block Structure - BLOCK_TYPE = 1H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212
Table 17: Block Structure - BLOCK_TYPE = 2H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213
Table 18: Block Structure - BLOCK_TYPE = 3H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .215
Table 19: Block Structure - BLOCK_TYPE = 4H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217
Table 20: Block Structure - BLOCK_TYPE = 5H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219
Table 21: Block Structure - BLOCK_TYPE = 6H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .221
Table 22: Block Structure - BLOCK_TYPE = 7H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .222
Table 23: Types of Memory Write Data Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223
Table 24: Block Structure - BLOCK_TYPE = 20H, 21H, 30H, 31H . . . . . . . . . . . . .223
Table 25: Fax Class 1 - Procedure Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228
PSB 7115
General Information
Semiconductor Group 11 02.98
1 General Information
The ISAR 34, ISDN Data Access Controller forms an advanced solution for ISDN
applications communicating with remote ISDN as well as analog terminals.
The ISAR 34 PSB 7115 follows its predecessor ISAR PSB 7110 which is capable of
modem modulation up to 14400 bit/s (V.32bis). The new ISAR 34 has the similar
functional architecture and additionally supports modem modulation up to 33600 bit/s
(V.34bis). As well the platform is upgradeable to new modem standards (PCM modems)
and is able to run a lgo rithms fo r aud io c om press io n (e.g . G .728 ) or a nsw erin g m ach ine
alternatively. A special version called "ISAR AC" is available for this purpose
The ISAR 34 is designed for data access over ISDN. It can be used in data terminals
combining ISDN and analog f unc tion ali t y fo r c omm unicati on with remo te s ubs cribe r s. It
can also be integrated in fax/modem pools and routers.
The ISAR AC version fits perfectly into H.320/H.324 video conferencing systems, in
which it supports both the modem and audio functions.
It integrates two data formatting units which support binary framing, HDLC and ASYNC,
which is an asynchronous data formatting according to ITU-T V.14. The data from the
formatting units is input data to a fax/modem modulation or V.110 or transparent framing
towards the IOM-2 timeslots. As well one channel DTMF generation and detection is
supported in the data pump.
The ISAR 34 operates on the IOM-2 interface in terminal mode (1.536 MHz DCL) and is
also designed to operate on line-card IOM-2 interfaces (4.096 MHz DCL).
As the DSP program is downloaded into external memory connected to the memory
interface of the ISAR 34, firmware upgrade s for ne w algo rithms a nd future applic ations
are quite easy to realize. For example a further version will fully provide a codec interface
to support the Siemens Analog Line Interface Solution ALIS for analog modem
applications.
An elaborate mailbox interface with 256 byte buffers in each direction reduces the
number of registers to a minimum.
The PSB 7115 ISDN Data Access Controller is a CMOS de vice offered in a thin quad-
flat pack package. It operates from a single 3.3 V supply and the inputs are 5V safe.
P-TQFP-144-2
Semiconductor Group 12 02.98
Enhanced ISDN Data Access Controller
ISAR 34 PSB 7115
Version 2.1 CMOS
Type Ordering Code Package
PSB 7115 F V2.1 P-TQFP-144-2
1.1 Features
Modem modulation up to 33600 bit/s (V.34bis)
including fallback modes
Fax modulation up to 14400 bit/s (V.17) including
fallback modes
Bit rate adaptation according to V.110 for both B-
channels (except during datamodem modulation)
DTMF generation and detection in one channel
Two universal formatters supporting ASYNC (ITU-T
V.14), HDLC and binary framing of data for B-
channel applications
V.8 rate negotiation
ISDN D-channel HDLC controller with TIC bus support
ISDN C/I-channel and MONITOR channel handler
IOM-2 terminal mode (1.536 MHz), line card mode (4.096 MHz)
Mailbox interface for host communication
External memory interface to connect external program and data memory
Upgradeable to new technologies (e.g. PCM modem)
256 byte FIFO per direction for host interface communication of B-channel data
9 programmable general purpose I/O lines
On-Chip PLL for clock generation
3.3 V power supply
Thin QFP-package
Advanced CMOS technology
PSB 7115
General Information
Semiconductor Group 13 02.98
1.2 System Integration
1.2.1 ISDN PC/Workstation Adapter with S-Interface
The ISDN PC or Workstation Adapter is based on the ISAR 34. A PSB 2186, ISAC-S TE
forms the S-transceiver and the ISAR 34 provides the HDLC controller to perform the D-
channel signalling protocol. External circuitry is required for the S-interfaces which
includes the transformer and protection circuitry. The host interface of the ISAR 34 is
connected to the host bus.
Figure 1 ISDN PC/Workstation Adapter with S-Interface
The ISAR 34 supports HDLC based applications like file transfer, access to packet
switches (X.75, V.120, PPP). It also supports communication to terminal adapters which
perform bit rate adaptation according to V.110.
A special feature of the ISAR 34 is its support for analog fax/modem applications.
Therefore, PCM data is converted to linear data and handled by a V.34bis/V.17 data
pump to support data rates up to 33600 bit/s (V.34bis) and 14400 bit/s (V.17).
PSB 7115
General Information
Semiconductor Group 14 02.98
1.2.2 ISDN PC / Workstation Adapter with U-Interface
Especially for the US market the U-interf ace formed by the PSB 21910 IEC-Q NTE, i s
considered as the standard basic rate interface. The ISAR 34 supports these
applications in a cost effective way since it includes the D-channel HDLC controller, the
command/indicate channel as well as the MONITOR channel. The IOM-2 interface
supports TIC bus access.
Figure 2 ISDN PC/Workstation Adapter with U-Interface
PSB 7115
General Information
Semiconductor Group 15 02.98
1.2.3 ISDN PC / Workstation Adapter as Intelligent NT
A variation of the U-interface PC card is called the intelligent NT since it provides the
network termination function as part of the card.
The ISAR 34 su ppo rts the TIC bu s o f the IOM - 2 in terfa ce whi ch con trols the D-chan nel
data flow between the local D-channel source inside the ISAR 34 and the D-channel
sources on the S-interface. The INTC-Q PEB 8191 is the integration of the S- and U-
transceivers , dedic ated to intellig ent NT appl ica t ion s.
Figure 3 ISDN PC/Workstation Adapter as Intelligent NT
PSB 7115
General Information
Semiconductor Group 16 02.98
1.2.4 ISDN Voice/Data Terminal
Figure 4 shows a voice data terminal developed on a PC card, where the ISAR 34
provides its fax and mod em functi onality within a thre e chip sol ution. Du ring ISDN call s
the ARCOFI-SP PSB 2163 provides for speakerphone functions and includes an
additional DTMF generator.
Figure 4 ISDN Voice/Data Terminal
PSB 7115
General Information
Semiconductor Group 17 02.98
1.2.5 Fax/Modem Pool with Primary Rate Access
Figure 5 shows an application suitable for modem pools or fax servers (fax on demand).
The Frame and Line Interface Cont rolle r FALC 54 PEB 2254 provide s for di rect acce ss
to the PCM highway, may be programmed to operate in 1.544 Mbit/s (PCM24, T1) or
2.048 Mbit/s (PCM30/E1) carrier systems and provides the complete functionality of a
line interface-, framing-, clock generation- and signalling unit. The selection of timeslots
on the ISAR 34 is programmable, so they are cascadable in any order.
Depending on whether or not the microprocessor performs a download to external
SRAM of the ISAR 34, flash memory may be required or not.
Figure 5 Fax/Modem Pool with Primary Rate Access
PSB 7115
General Information
Semiconductor Group 18 02.98
1.3 Logic Symbol
Figure 6 Logic Symbol
DD
DU
DCL
FSC
Reset
CA(0:17) CD(0:15) CWR
CRD
IOM-2
Interface
Ext ernal Memory Interface
XTAL1
PSB 7115
XTAL2
CSM1
CS
Parallel Hos t In terface
INT
AD(0:7),
D(0:7)
RD
WR
ALE
VDD
VSS
VDDP
Power
Supply
CLKO
CM0
CM1
System
Clock
Interface
VSSA
VDDA
A(0:7)
CSM2 CSM3CSM0 7115_18
SR
ST
RFS
TFS
Se r i al Audio
Interface
(not supported
in this version)
SCLK
GP(0:14)
General Purpose
I/O Interface
VSSAP
VDDAP
PSB 7115
General Information
Semiconductor Group 19 02.98
1.4 Device Architecture
Figure 7 Device Architecture
CS
INT
AD(0:7),
D(0:7)
RD
WR
ALE
CA(0:17)
CD(0:15)
CWR
CRD
CSM1CSM0
Reset
A(0:7)
CSM2 CSM3
2
2
5
2
PSB 7115
General Information
Semiconductor Group 20 02.98
1.5 Pin Configuration
Figure 8 Pinout
ALE
CS
RD / DS
WR / R/W
AD7/D7
AD6/D6
AD5/D5
AD4/D4
VDD
VSS
AD3/D3
AD2/D2
AD1/D1
AD0/D0
res.
res.
res.
res.
res.
res.
res.
res.
A7
A6
A5
A4
VDD
VSS
A3
A2
A1
A0
INT
n.c.
n.c.
VDDP
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
n.c.
n.c.
n.c.
n.c.
VSS
VDD
CD0
CA0
CD1
CA1
CD2
CA2
VSS
VDD
CD3
CA3
CD4
CA4
CD5
CA5
VSS
VDD
CD6
CA6
CD7
CA7
CD8
CA8
VSS
VDD
CD9
CA9
CRD
CWR
CSM3
CSM2
PSB 7115 V2.1
P-TQFP-144
108
107
106
105
104
103
102
101
100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
GP14
GP13
GP12
VDDP
GP11
GP10
GP9
GP8
VDD
VSS
GP7
GP6
GP5
GP4
GP3
GP2
GP1
GP0
CLKO
RESET
VDD
VSS
VDDA
XTAL1
XTAL2
VSSA
CM1
CM0
VDDAP
VSSAP
TFS
RFS
SCLK
ST
SR
res.
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
CSM1
CSM0
VSS
VDD
CD10
CA10
CD11
CA11
CD12
CA12
VSS
VDD
CD13
CA13
CD14
CA14
CD15
CA15
VSS
VDD
CA16
CA17
DD
DU
DCL
FSC
n.c.
n.c.
res.
res.
res.
VSS
VDD
n.c.
n.c.
n.c.
PSB 7115
General Information
Semiconductor Group 21 02.98
1.5.1 Pin Description
Pin No. Symbol Input (I)
Output (O) Function
Parallel Host Interface
14
13
12
11
8
7
6
5
AD0/D0
AD1/D1
AD2/D2
AD3/D3
AD4/D4
AD5/D5
AD6/D6
AD7/D7
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
Multiplexed Bus Mode: Address/Data Bus
Transfers addresses and data between the host and
the ISAR 34.
Demultiplexed Bus Mode: Data Bus
Transfers data between the host and the ISAR 34.
32
31
30
29
26
25
24
23
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Demultiplexed Bus Mode (only): Address Bus
Transfers address from the host to the ISAR 34.
These pins are not used in multiplexed bus mode,
therefore they should be tied to VDD in this mode.
3RD
DS
I
I
Read
This signal indicates a read operation.
(Siemens/Intel bus mode).
Data Strobe
The rising edge marks the end of a valid read or write
operation. (Motorola bus mode).
4WR
R/W
I
I
Write
This signal indicates a write operation.
(Siemens/Intel bus mode).
Read/Write
A "1" identifies a valid host access as a read
operation. A "0" identifies the access as a write
operation. (Motorola bus mode).
2CS
IChip Select
A "0" on this line selects the ISAR 34 for a read/write
operation.
PSB 7115
General Information
Semiconductor Group 22 02.98
1ALEI Address Latch Enable
A “1” on this line indicates an address on AD (0:7),
that will be latched by the ISAR 34 (multiplexed mode
only). This allows the ISAR 34 to be directly
connected to a host with multiplexed address/data
bus.
ALE also selects the interface mode (multiplexed or
non-multiplexed).
33 INT O (OD) Interrupt Request
This signal is activated, when the ISAR 34 requests
an interrupt. This pin is an open drain output.
IOM-2 Interface
50 DD I/O Data Downstre am
on IOM-2/PCM interface.
49 DU I/O Data Upstream
on IOM-2/PCM interface.
48 DCL I/O Data Clock
Clock frequency is twice the data rate.
47 FSC I/O Frame Sync
Marks the beginning of a physical IOM-2 or PCM
frame.
Serial Audio Interface (not supported in this version)
141 SCLK I/O Serial Clock
Serial clock for SR and ST.
143 SR I/O Serial Data Receive
142 ST I/O Serial Data Transmit
140 RFS I/O Receive Frame Sync
139 TFS I/O Transmit Frame Sync
1.5.1 Pin Description
Pin No. Symbol Input (I)
Output (O) Function
PSB 7115
General Information
Semiconductor Group 23 02.98
System Clocks
132 XTAL1 I Crystal In or Clock In
If a crystal is used, it is connected across XTAL1 and
XTAL2. If a clock signal is provided (via an external
oscillator), this signal is input via XTAL1. In this case
the XTAL2 output is to be left non-connected.
133 XTAL2 O Crystal Out
Left unconnected if a crystal is not used.
136
135 CM0
CM1 I
IClock Mode Select
One of four different clock mode options can be
selected by CM1,0 tied to VDDP or VSS.
127 CLKO O Clock Out
A buffered output clock equal to the clock input at
XTAL1 is provided for further devices on the system.
External Memory Interface
101
99
97
93
91
89
85
83
81
77
67
65
63
59
57
55
52
51
CA0
CA1
CA2
CA3
CA4
CA5
CA6
CA7
CA8
CA9
CA10
CA11
CA12
CA13
CA14
CA15
CA16
CA17
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
C-Bus Address
Used for addressing external program and data
memory.
1.5.1 Pin Description
Pin No. Symbol Input (I)
Output (O) Function
PSB 7115
General Information
Semiconductor Group 24 02.98
102
100
98
94
92
90
86
84
82
78
68
66
64
60
58
56
CD0
CD1
CD2
CD3
CD4
CD5
CD6
CD7
CD8
CD9
CD10
CD11
CD12
CD13
CD14
CD15
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
C-Bus Data
Data bus for external program and data memory.
76 CRD OC-Bus Read to external memory
This signal must be connected to the RD input of the
external program and data memory.
75 CWR OC-Bus Write to external memory
This signal must be connected to the WR input of the
external program and data memory.
71
72
73
74
CSM0
CSM1
CSM2
CSM3
O
O
O
O
C-Bus Select line for
external memory bank #0, #1, #2, #3
This signal must be connected to the CS input of the
corresponding memory bank .
1.5.1 Pin Description
Pin No. Symbol Input (I)
Output (O) Function
PSB 7115
General Information
Semiconductor Group 25 02.98
General Control
128 RESET I Reset input
126
125
124
123
122
121
120
119
116
115
114
113
111
110
109
GP0
GP1
GP2
GP3
GP4
GP5
GP6
GP7
GP8
GP9
GP10
GP11
GP12
GP13
GP14
I/O General Purpose Input/Output
These pins serve as general purpose input/output
lines with interrupt input capability. Pins GP0-8 are
programmable by host, pins GP9-14 are reserved for
testing purpo se .
1.5.1 Pin Description
Pin No. Symbol Input (I)
Output (O) Function
PSB 7115
General Information
Semiconductor Group 26 02.98
Power Supply
10
28
41
54
62
70
80
88
96
104
118
130
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Ground (common to VDD and VDDP)
9
27
40
53
61
69
79
87
95
103
117
129
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Positive power supply voltage (3.0 - 3.6 V)
36
112 VDDP
VDDP
I
IPositive power supply voltage (4.5 - 5.5 V)
134 VSSA ISeparate analog ground (0 V)
for Clock Generation Unit.
131 VDDA ISeparate analog positive power supply voltage
(3.0 - 3.6 V) for Clock Generation Unit.
1.5.1 Pin Description
Pin No. Symbol Input (I)
Output (O) Function
PSB 7115
General Information
Semiconductor Group 27 02.98
138 VSSAP ISeparate analog ground (0 V)
for PLL.
137 VDDAP ISeparate analog positive power supply voltage
(3.0 - 3.6 V) PLL.
Reserved Pins
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
42
43
44
144
res. Reserved
These pins are reserved for further use. They must be
connected to VDD.
34
35
37
38
39
45
46
105
106
107
108
n.c. Not Connected
These pins are not used and may be left not
connected.
1.5.1 Pin Description
Pin No. Symbol Input (I)
Output (O) Function
PSB 7115
Functional Description
Semiconductor Group 28 02.98
2 Functional Description
2.1 Functional Ov erview
Figure 9 depicts the detailed functional architecture of the ISAR 34 V2.1:
One modem/fax engine for V.34bis (33600 bit/s), V.17 (14400 bit/s), including fallback
modes
Upgradeable to new modem standards due to flexible firmware download capability
DTMF receiver / transmitter in one channel
V.110 formatter in two channels (except during datamodem modulation)
Two universal formatters SART (Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter)
supporting ASYNC (ITU-T V.14), HDLC and binary modes
D-channel HDLC controller
C/I and MONITOR channel handler
IOM-2 interface for terminal or line-card applications with TIC bus support
External memory interface for program and data memory
Communications Mailbox with 256 bytes per direction
Figure 9 Functional Block Diagram of the ISDN Data Access Controller
Local Bus Interface
Communication Mailbox
2 x 256 bytes
Host Interface
Pump
Fax
modem
V.17
Data
modem
V.34bis
V.110 DTMFTrans-
parent
Timeslot Assignment
SART
ASYNC
V.14 HDLC Binary
Buffer 1
Pump
V.110 Trans-
parent
Timeslot Assignment
SART
ASYNC
V.14 HDLC Binary
Buffer 2
TIC Bus Access
D-channel
HDLC
Buffer 3
Channel Select
Buffer 0
C/I
channel MONITOR
channel Test/
Diag.
7115_21
Bank 3
Bank 2
Bank 1
Bank 0
Ext. Memory
IOM-2 Interface
SAI Interface *
*) The SAI Interface is not
supported in this version
PSB 7115
Functional Description
Semiconductor Group 29 02.98
2.2 Clock Generation
The chip internal clocks are derived from a crystal connected across XTAL1 and XTAL2
or from an external clock input via pin XTAL1.
Figure 10 Clock Generation
One of four options can be used for the generation of the internal DSP master clock
which is used for the fax/modem pump for example. Other functional blocks derive their
clock signal directly from the IOM-2 interface.
External Memory, Bank 0
Transceiver
Interface Logic (PnP , ISA)
or
Microcontroller
Power
Supply
Clock
Generation
PSB 7115 V2.1
Bank 1
Bank 2
Bank 3
Codec
and
DAA *
*) SAI Interface
not supported
in this version
PSB 7115
Functional Description
Semiconductor Group 30 02.98
An internal PLL derives the DSP clock from a 7.68 MHz, 15.36 MHz or 16.384 MHz
source at XTAL1 (se e table 1 ). In test mo de the int ernal PLL is bypas sed and the DSP
clock is directly provided at XTAL1 .
Note: The clock mode CM1,0 = 11 is reserved for further use as the serial audio interface
(SAI) to connect the ALIS is not supported in this version.
At CLKO a buffered output clock equal to the input clock at XTAL1 is provided. This
allows for hardware designs that only require one crystal for two or more devices on the
system.
The 7.68 MHz crystal is commonly used in terminal equipment with S-interface, e.g. the
ISAR 34 together with the S-transceiver ISAC-S TE PSB 2186. One crystal is connected
to the ISAR 34 and CLKO is connected to the XTAL1 input of the ISAC-S TE.
For U-terminals a 15.36 MHz crystal is provided at the ISAR 34 and in the same way the
U-transceiver IEC-Q TE PSB 21911 derives its input clock from CLKO.
In analog modem applications with the ALIS a 16.384 MHz crystal provides the common
clock for ISAR 34 and ALIS. This mode is reserved for further use.
Figure 11 Clock Mode Applications
Table 1 Clock Mode Settings
CM1 CM0 Clock at XTAL1 Comment
0 0 DSP clock Test mode (PLL bypassed)
0 1 7.68 MHz S-terminal applications
1 0 15.36 MHz U-terminal applications
1 1 16.384 MHz Analog modem applications (ALIS)
7115_20
PSB 7115
Functional Description
Semiconductor Group 31 02.98
2.3 Physical Interfaces
The ISAR 34 provides five physical interfaces which are described in the following
chapters:
Host Interface
IOM-2 Interface
Serial Audio Interface - SAI (not supported in this version)
External Memory Interface
General Purpose I/O Interface
2.3.1 Host Interface
The ISAR 34 is programmed via an 8-bit parallel host interface (table 2) that can be
operated in multiplexed or non-multiplexed bus mode.
Table 2 Host Interface Signals
Symbol Input (I)
Output (O) Function
AD(0:7)
D(0:7)
I/O Address/Data Bus (multiplexed mode)
Transfers addresses and data between the host and the
ISAR 34.
Data Bus (non-multiplexed mode)
Transfers data between the host and the ISAR 34.
A(0:7) I Address Bus (non-multiplexed mode)
Input address to the ISAR 34 registers.
RD
DS
IRead (Siemens/Intel bus mode)
This signal indicates a read operation.
Data Strobe (Motorola bus mode)
The rising edge marks the end of a valid read or write operation.
WR
R/W
IWrite (Siemens/Intel bus mode)
This signal indicates a write operation.
Read/Write (Motorola bus mode)
A "1" identifies a valid host access as a read operation and a "0"
identifies it as a write operation.
CS IChip Select
A "0" on this line selects the ISAR 34 for a read/write operation.
PSB 7115
Functional Description
Semiconductor Group 32 02.98
The ISAR 34 provides three types of µP buses, which are selected via pin ALE:
The occurrence of an edge on ALE, either positive or negative, at any time during the
operation immediately selects the interface type 3. A return to one of the other interface
types is possible only if a hardware reset is issued.
Note: If the multiplexed address/data bus type 3 is selected, the unused address pins
A0-A7 must be tied to
V
DD
.
ALE I Address Latch Enable
A “1” on this line indicates an address on AD (0:7), that is latched
by the ISAR 34 (multiplexed mode only).
ALE also selects the interface mode (multiplexed or non-
multiplexed).
INT O (OD) Interrupt Request
This is the interrupt output line to the host for all mailbox interrupt
status requests. It is an open drain output.
Table 3 Bus Operation Modes
1 ALE tied to VDD Motorola type with control signals CS, R/W, DS
2 ALE tied to VSS Siemens/Intel non-multiplexed bus type with control
signals CS, WR, RD
3 Edge on ALE Siemens/Intel multiplexed address/data bus type with
control signals CS, WR, RD, ALE
Table 2 Host Interface Signals
Symbol Input (I)
Output (O) Function
PSB 7115
Functional Description
Semiconductor Group 33 02.98
Since the mailbox structure of the ISAR 34 just requires 9 register locations, the host
needs to decode only 4 address lines A0-3 in non-multiplexed bus mode while the other
address lines A4-7 are strapped to ’0’. If the Software Reset (bit RST) is not required only
3 address lines A0-2 need to be decoded (address 00h-07h).
All remaining address locations (09h-FFh) are reserved for further use and should not
be accessed by the host.
Figure 12 Register Access in Multiplexed and Non-Multiplexed Mode
PSB 7115
Functional Description
Semiconductor Group 34 02.98
2.3.2 IOM-2 Interface
The IOM- 2 interface is a 4-wire interfa ce with two data lines (DU and DD), a data cloc k
(DCL) and a frame sy nc signal (FSC), of which the rising ed ge indicates the start of an
IOM-2 fram e (8 kHz). For IOM-2 a pplication s the data clock i s typical ly set to twice the
data rate.
IOM-2 Driver
The output driver of the DD and DU pins is selectable, open drain (default) or push pull.
The output drivers are active for the selected time-slot bits and remain tri-state during the
rest of the frame.
The control lines FSC and DCL are input or output.
IOM-2 Frame Structure/Timing Modes
The ISAR 34 supports the IOM-2 terminal and line-card mode.
In terminal mode, the three channel IOM-2 structure is used (see figure 14). In line-card
mode (see figure 13), e ight IOM -2 cha nnels c an be pr ogrammed with flex ible tim e-sl ot
assignment of the B-channel data.
Figure 13 Linecard Mode of the IOM-2 Interface
ITD09635
CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 CH5 CH6 CH7 CH0
CH0CH7CH6CH5CH4CH3CH2CH1
B1 B2 MONITOR DC/I
MM
RX
125
FSC
DCL
DD
DU
s
µ
IOM CH0
IOM CH0
R
R
PSB 7115
Functional Description
Semiconductor Group 35 02.98
H
Figure 14 Terminal mode of the IOM-2 Interface
The ISAR 34 is able to make extensive use of the IOM-2 channels as it is able to access
all user data timeslots by programming the timeslot number and bit shift.
The MONITOR channel is used for information exchange between the ISAR 34 and
other devices connected to the IOM-2 interface. In the C/I-channel real time status
information is exchanged between the devices. Both types of information transfer are
supported by the ISAR 34 which provides a MONITOR and C/I-channel handler.
In TE mode the TIC bus capability is implemented in the last octet of the third IOM-2
channel (channel 2). This arbitration mechanism which allows the access of up to seven
D-channel sources on the IOM-2 interface, is implemented on the ISAR 34.
For detailed information refer to the “IOM-2 Interface Reference Guide”.
2.3.3 SAI Interface
The Serial Audi o Interface (SAI) is n ot supported in t his version, but in further versions
of the ISAR 34.
ITD09636
TAD
DD B1 B2 MON0 CI0 IC1 IC2 MON1 CI1
D
MR MX MXMR S/G
FSC
BACMR MXMXMR
D CI1MON1IC2IC1CI0MON0B2B1
DU
SDS
CH0
A/B
125 µs
IOM -2 IOM CH1
-2 IOM CH2
-2
RRR
PSB 7115
Functional Description
Semiconductor Group 36 02.98
2.3.4 External Memory Interface
External memory is required to store operational data and the DSP program. Up to four
memory banks with an address range of 256Kx16 each can be addressed, however the
specific memory configuration depends on the application.
Generally the platform is capable of the following options:
Operation al data is sto red in external SRAM whereas the storage of the DSP program
code depends on the application. For PC based applications (e.g. plug in card) it can be
downloaded into external SRAM, whereas for standalone systems (e.g. settop box) it is
stored in non-volatile memory (e.g. flash), so no program download is necessary.
The firs t version of ISAR 34, which is describ ed in this speci fication, supports only the
DSP Program Download Mode.
DSP Program Download
The DSP program is downloaded from the host into the external memory of the ISAR 34.
One memory bank of 128Kx16, 15 ns is connected to CSM0 (memory bank 0). The other
memory banks (CSM1-3) are not used.
Figure 15 Memory Configuration - DSP Program Download
Other memory con figurations (e.g. DSP progra m in flash memory) can be suppo rted in
further versions of the ISAR 34.
PSB 7115
Functional Description
Semiconductor Group 37 02.98
2.3.5 General Purpose I/O Interface
The ISAR 34 provides a general purpose I/O interface GPIO that fulfils the requirements
for different applications. Each of the 15 pins can individually be programmed as an input
or an output. As input they can additionally generate an interrupt. This interface can
flexibly be used for general control functions or status indications from external devices.
For example in modem applications hook switch and ring detect can be controlled via
GPIO-pins.
All kind of data is exchanged between host and ISAR 34 in a message oriented way via
the mailbox interface, i.e. the GPIO pins are controlled via the DSP.
The host releases messages to control the GPIO interface, which are:
Output Request: A logic ’0’ or ’1’ is output on the output port.
Input Request: The status of the input port is requested.
The ISAR 34 returns messages with the following information:
Input Response: The status (’0’ or ’1’) of the input port is returned.
Input Interrupt: A status change on the interrupt input port is indicated.
Figure 16 General Purpose I/O Interface
PSB 7115
Functional Description
Semiconductor Group 38 02.98
If enabled, a state change on input ports can initiate an interrupt to the host which is
generated by the DSP. The status of the corresponding port is read by the host in a
status indication message.
The host programs whether a positive or negative signal edge on the input port will
release an interrupt to the host (figure 17).
Figure 17 Interrupt Input Signal
PSB 7115
Functional Description
Semiconductor Group 39 02.98
2.4 Communications Interface
The ISAR 34 provides a communications interface in terms of a 256 byte mailbox per
direction, a 16 bit control word and an 8 bit interrupt register.
Besides that, there is a reset bit (bit 0 of register 08h), an interrupt mask/status bit (bit 2
of register 07h) and two interrupt acknowledge bits (LSB of address location 04h and
03h, respectively).
The address map is shown in figure 18, all other address locations are not used.
Figure 18 Host Interface Registers
Software Reset Bit (08h Write/Read)
The ISAR 34 is reset by setting and resetting this bit. It has a simila r f unctionality as a
hardware reset except this register itself is not affected and the RESET pin is not
activated, i.e. the Software Reset has only effect on the internal functions of the ISAR 34.
PSB 7115
Functional Description
Semiconductor Group 40 02.98
Interrupt Mask/Status Bit (07h Write/Read)
All interrupt sources can be masked by setting the MSK-bit to ‘0’, so no interrupt is
indicated to the host. The status STA-bit indicates whether an interrupt request is
pending. If interrupt generation is disabled (MSK=0), requests from the ISAR 34 can be
recognized by polling the STA-bit. After reset the interrupt is not masked (MSK=1),
however, the mask bit affects only the generation of the interrupt, but not the interrupt
status bit from being set.
Host/ISAR Control Registers
The most significant byte of the control register (CTRL MSB) contains configuration,
status or control information depending on the type of message.
The least significant byte (CTRL LSB) is used to indicate the number of bytes transferred
via the mailbox (Mailbox I/O Data). These mailbox data may contain additional
configuration, status or control information as well as receive/transmit data.
Host/ISAR Interrupt Status Byte (HIS/IIS)
The interrupt status byte has a structure that defines the type of message, i.e. it contains
information which buffer the message is related to and which functional block of the ISAR
34 the message is related to.
Figure 19 Structure of Interrupt Status Byte
7115_45
DPS MSC MDS
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Message Destination/Source
(buffer, SART, pump or IOM-2)
Message Coding
defines the type of command
Datapath Selection
(path 0, 1, 2 or 3)
HIS/IIS
Note: The message structure is slightly different for
test and diagnostics messages (datapath 0).
PSB 7115
Functional Description
Semiconductor Group 41 02.98
Mailbox
The mailbox is implem ented as phy sic all y tw o s epara t e 25 6-by te me mory blocks wh ich
is seen f rom the host as an I/O device. Thus, to read/write a byte fro m/to the Mailbox,
the host accesses a single location (Mailbox I/O data), which is the same address but
physically separate location for read and for write direction.
The address is given by an address register directly programmable by the host (Mailbox
read/writ e add ress ). This address is aut oinc reme nte d eve r y tim e an ac ce ss by the host
to Mailbox I/O d ata is p erform ed. Thus , for s equ enti al, fast acc es s, the ho st o nly nee ds
to set the start address for the first message byte and all subsequent data bytes can be
read/written without reprogramming its address.
For random access to the Mailbox the Host has to reprogram the address register(s).
Figure 20 Mailbox Interface
D
a
t
a
D
a
t
a
Host
Internal Bus
Read
Address Write
Address
256 byte 256 byte
02h00h 02h 01h
7115_23
PSB 7115
Functional Description
Semiconductor Group 42 02.98
2.5 Functional Blo cks
The ISAR 34 host interface provides for merging/splitting of two data paths for B-channel
data, one data path for D-channel data and C/I-channel a ccess an d a fourth data path
for MONITOR channel data and exchange of test/diagnostics messages.
Each path is buffered both in read and write direction and the mailbox is used to access
these four buffers.
Figure 21 Communication Buffers
B u ffe r 2
SART
Pump
Bu ffer size
Interrupts ASYNC
HDLC
Binary
V.110
Transparent
DTMF
Timeslot No.
Ts. width
PC M coding
B u ffe r 1
SART
Pump IOM-2
Mailbox
Bu ffer size
Interrupts ASYNC
HDLC
Binary
Faxpump
Modempump
V.110
Transparent
DTMF
Timeslot No.
Ts. width
PC M coding
B u ffe r 3
SART
IOM-2
Bu ffer size
Interrupts
HDLC
D-channel
C/I-channel
TIC-Bus
B u ffe r 0 IOM -2
Bu ffer size
Interrupts MONITOR
channel
IOM chann
e
select
7115_2
4
IOM-2
Datapath 1
Datapath 2
Datapath 3
Datapath 0
PSB 7115
Functional Description
Semiconductor Group 43 02.98
Path 1 is used to acce ss th e fax/ mod em en gine, a V.110 formatt er, a DTM F gene rator/
detector or for transparent access to the IOM-2 timeslots.
Path 2 is used to access a V.110 formatter or it provides transparent access to the IOM-
2 timeslots. This datapath must not be configured to V.110 if path 1 is configured to
datamodem modulations at the same time.
Path 1 and 2 integrate a SART (Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter)
which support s ASYNC, HDLC and binary mode. In ASYNC mode, the characters are
formatted according to the ITU-T V.14 standard by start , parity and stop bits. In HDLC
mode, the HDLC bit level functions (Flag, CRC, Zero-bit handling) are performed. Binary
mode describes a synchronous, transparent mode without formatting.
Path 3 incorporates an HDLC controller for D-channel data transfer and handles the
access to the C/I-channel. The ISAR 34 supports the TIC bus arbitration mechanism for
those applications where several controllers are connected to the IOM-2 interface.
Path 4 provides a MONITOR channel handler for information exchange with other
devices. Messages for test and diagnostics purposes are also transferred via this
datapath.
2.5.1 Buffer
The mailbox represents the common host interface for all data paths, which are the two
B-Channel paths, the D- and C/I-channel path and the MONITOR channel and test/
diagnostics path. For each data path the read and write direction is buffered with a FIFO
(see figure 22).
The complete buffe r siz e for on e dat a path is 2x256 byt e (path 1, 2 an d 3) or 2x 64 byte
(path 0) per direction. Since the interrupt status byte and the control word is also
transferred to the buffer by the ISAR 34, the available FIFO space for user data is
reduced by 3 bytes. So messages may contain a maximum number of user data of 253
or 61 byte, respectively.
The maxi mum pos si ble m es sage length MPL for eac h path is shown in table 4. DPS is
the Data Path Select parameter in the Host/ISAR Interrupt status byte (HIS/IIS) of each
message.
Table 4 Buffer size
DPS MPL Buffer Size
(per direction)
Datapath 0 0 0 61 byte 2 x 64 byte
Datapath 1 0 1 253 byte 2 x 256 byte
Datapath 2 1 0 253 byte 2 x 256 byte
Datapath 3 1 1 253 byte 2 x 256 byte
PSB 7115
Functional Description
Semiconductor Group 44 02.98
Figure 22 Structure of Datapath Buffers
Buffer Control
After the ho st has wri tten a messag e to the write buffer, t he I SAR 34 wil l i ssue a buffer
available interrupt to the host if there is still enough free buffer space for another
message of the programmed length (i.e. another message may be written to the
mailbox). If the host enters messages into the mailbox which exceed the configured
message length, the FIFO buffer may overflow and data might be lost.
If there is no free space available, the ISAR 34 won’t issue a data request message.
The buffers can be set a priority to determine the sequence of service if several read
buffers request for mailbox service simultaneously.
Write
Buffers
Read
Buffers
Mailbox
Read-/Write
Buffers
Host
Datapath 0
Datapath 1
Datapath 2
Datapath 3
Write
Read
7115_25
256 256
2x256
2x256
2x256
2x256
2x256
2x256
2x64
2x64
PSB 7115
Functional Description
Semiconductor Group 45 02.98
2.5.2 SART
The SART (Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter) can be configured for
ASYNC character formatting, HDLC bit level formatting and binary mode. i.e. no bit level
formatting. In the figures below the serial audio interface SAI is indicated as future
upgrade.
2.5.2.1 HDLC Mode
In HDLC mode, the SART generates/handles the HDLC frame formatting. This includes
opening and closing flag, CRC generation/detection and zero-bit insertion (bit stuffing).
Figure 23 HDLC Data Formatting
Pr ogrammable features are:
CRC: 16 bit length, on/off
Inter frame timefill: '1' or flags
Bit stream coding: regular, inverse
Data underrun operation: Abort generation/frame end (CRC+flag) generation
In transmit direction a frame is started after SART data is available in the transmit FIFO
buffer. The frame is continued until a frame end mark has been set in a mailbox
command. In this case, the HDLC frame is closed by the CRC value and a closing flag.
In case a buff er underrun occurs, the cu rrent HDLC frame is closed either by an abort
sequence or by CRC and closing flag (programmable).
In receive direction, HDLC frames exceeding the programmed message length are
transferred to/from the buffer in data blocks of the configured message length. A
message of reduced length may be transferred if a frame start, frame end or error
condition is detected. In this case the control word contains the result of the CRC check,
verification of integer number of bytes and check of frame end condition.
PSB 7115
Functional Description
Semiconductor Group 46 02.98
2.5.2.2 ASYNC Mode
ASYNC denotes an asynchronous formatting of data according to ITU-T specification
V.14. In ASYNC mo de, t he SAR T ad ds/ r emov es sta rt, pa ri ty and stop bits to eac h data
byte in transmit/receive direction.
Figure 24 ASYNC Data Formatting
The following options are programmable:
Character Length: 5, 6, 7, 8 Bit
No. of stop bits: 1,2
Parity: No, odd, even, stick parity
Overspeed range: stop bit deletion: 1 of 8, 1 of 4
The ASYNC formatter supports overspeed handling according to V.14. Therefore a stop
bit may be deleted according to the overspeed range.
The ASYNC formatter is able to generate a break signal and to detect a break signal of
a minimum length of 2M+3 bits of start bit polarity.
A special option is included to generate V.42 detection timing.
PSB 7115
Functional Description
Semiconductor Group 47 02.98
2.5.2.3 Binary Mode
In binary mode no character formatting is performed. Octets are transferred with the
least significant bit or most significant bit first.
Figure 25 Binary Data
Pr ogrammable Features are:
Idle character generation on data underrun
Bit swapping (LSB/MSB first)
In transmit direction, data from the transmit buffer is transmitted with the LSB or MSB
first. In case of data underrun, i.e. if there's no more data in the transmit buffer, a
programmable byte or the last data byte is continuously transmitted.
In recei ve direction, t he data st ream is rece ived in o ctets. Their contents i s transferred
to the receive buffer .
PSB 7115
Functional Description
Semiconductor Group 48 02.98
2.5.3 Pump
Pump in general describe s the additional formatting of the SART data (HDLC, ASYNC
or binary) wh ich is then f orwarded to the IOM-2 inte rface . In fu ture vers ions p ump da ta
can also be transfered to the serial audio interface (SAI).
The pump modes are:
Fax modulations (V.17, ... )
Datamodem modulations (V.34bis, .. )
Halfduplex modulations
V.110
•DTMF
Bypass (transparent data)
All pump modes are available in path 1, path 2 only supports V.110 and bypass mode.
V.110 operation in data path 2 is not supported to run in parallel with datamodem
modulations (full duplex modulations) in data path 1.
In the figures below the serial audio interface SAI is indicated as future upgrade.
2.5.3.1 Fax Modulations
The mode fax modulations allows modulation up to V.17 (14400 bit/s).
Figure 26 Fax Modulations
Programmable parameters are:
Origina ting /Ans we ring Mod e
Enabling/disabling of answer/calling tone
Transmitter output attenuation
Modulation scheme (V.17, V.29, V.27ter, V.21 channel 2) set by control commands
PSB 7115
Functional Description
Semiconductor Group 49 02.98
In fax modulation mode the ISAR 34 supports the programming interface according to
the Fax Class 1 standard EIA/TIA-578. During a fax call different kind of data is
transmitted and received, which is HDCL framed data at low speed modulation
(V.21Ch2) for exchange of capabilities and call setup/shut down, and binary data at high
speed modulation (V.17, V.29 or V.27ter) for document transmission. The host controls
these configuration settings by simply issuing a pump control command (FTM, FRM,
FTH, FRH) that con fig ures bo th the pump an d the SART, i.e. the host do es not need to
reconfigure pump and SART separately for the individual fax procedures.
Figure 27 Fax Class 1 Support
PSB 7115
Functional Description
Semiconductor Group 50 02.98
2.5.3.2 Datamodem Modulati ons
This mode allows data modulation up to V.34bis (33600 bit/s).
Figure 28 Datamodem Modulations
Programmable parameters are:
Enabling/disabling of answer/calling tone
Transmitter output attenuation
Modula tion schem e (V.34bis, V.32bis, V.32, V.23, V.22b is, V.22, V.21,
Bell 202, Bell 212, Bell 103 )
Automode (EIA/TIA PN-2330) or dedicated mode
Modulation options according to the ITU recommendations (fallback rates, retrain,
renegotiate, etc. )
PSB 7115
Functional Description
Semiconductor Group 51 02.98
2.5.3.3 Halfduplex Modulations
The halfduplex modulations allow modulation up to V.17 (14400 bit/s). In the figures
below the serial audio interface SAI is indicated as future upgrade.
Figure 29 Halfduplex Modulation
Programmable parameters are:
Enabling/disabling of receive/transmit direction
Enabling/disabling of echo protector tone
Transmitter output attenuation
Modulation scheme (V.17, V.29, V.27ter, V.21)
The modulation schemes which are typically used for fax modulations can be
programmed by the host without affecting the SART configuration (see chapter 2.5.3.1).
In this way the host could handle a fax session by programming the SART and pump
(halfduplex modulation) separately, however it is recommended to use the fax mode as
it simplifies the control mechanisms of the host (no reconfiguration required).
PSB 7115
Functional Description
Semiconductor Group 52 02.98
2.5.3.4 V.110
The V.110 mode allows the framing of SART data for bit rate adaptation according to the
ITU-T recommendation V.110.
Figure 30 V.110 Formatting
The programmable features are:
Frame format/data rate
E-, X-, S-bit control
Transmitter flow control (X-bits)
Remote DTE status detection
Delay of synchronisation
In transmit di rection, the V.110 frame is combin ed with SART data and the sta te of E-,
X- and S-bits. Transmis sion of the last data byte in the mailbox is indicated to the host
(buffer empty condition), which may set control bits.
Flow con trol b y me ans of th e X-bi ts is supported, whi ch m ean s th at da ta tra nsf er to th e
SART unit is stopped if indicated by the remote side.
In receiv e directi on, frame s ynchroniza tion is mon itored whi le the n umb er of fram es for
synchronisation (normally 1) is programmable. The D-bits are forwarded to the SART
and E-, X- and S- bits are forwarde d to the host as st atus even ts any time they chang e
their state.
Status conditions of the remote DTE can be detected and indicated to the host.
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 D D D D D D S
1 D D D D D D X
1 D D D D D D S
1 D D D D D D S
1 E E E E E E E
1 D D D D D D S
1 D D D D D D X
1 D D D D D D S
1 D D D D D D S
PSB 7115
Functional Description
Semiconductor Group 53 02.98
2.5.3.5 DTMF
The ISAR 34 supports DTMF generation and detection in one channel (two channels will
be supported in the future).
Figure 31 DTMF Detection
DTMF mo de allo ws tra nsp arent dat a tran sfer bet we en SART u nit and data pu mp while
a DTMF dete ctor is active , which indi cates rec eived DTMF to nes to the host b y means
of status events.
In order to send a DTMF tone (’0’, ’1’, ’2’, ... , ’9’, ’A’, ’B’, ’C’, ’D’, ’’, ’#’) the host releases
a control command to the ISAR 34.
The programmable features are:
Rejection level (minimum required signal level to detect a DTMF tone)
Twist (maximum allowed level difference of the two frequencies)
On duration of DTMF tone (1, 2, 3, ..., 255 ms)
Off duration after DTMF tone (1, 2, 3, ..., 255 ms)
Transmitter output attenuation
PSB 7115
Functional Description
Semiconductor Group 54 02.98
2.5.3.6 Bypass Mode
The bypass mode allows the transparent transfer of a SART formatted digital data
stream to the IOM-2 timeslot without additional data formatting by the pump.
In receive direction, data from the IOM-2 timeslot is directly transferred to the SART.
Figure 32 Pump in Bypass Mode
PSB 7115
Functional Description
Semiconductor Group 55 02.98
2.5.4 IOM-2 Configuration
The IOM-2 configurations are separate for each datapath. Via datapath 1 and 2, any
timeslot for the output of pump data can be selected.
The following programmable functions are available for path 1 and 2 (figure 33):
Coding (A-law , µ-law or 16-bit linear)
Timeslot position, i.e. start of timeslot
Length of timeslot (8 or 16 bit)
Switching of DU/DD lines
Figure 33 IOM-2 Configuration Parameters
The host must ensure that the programmed timeslots on IOM-2 for path 1 and path 2 do
not overlap.
Datapath 3 is dedicated to the D-channel and the C/I-channel timeslot, respectively. The
TIC bus access handler which is used in terminal timing mode is operati ng on the TIC
bus channel (3rd channel) on IOM-2.
For the MONITOR channel handler in datapath 0 one of 16 IOM-2 channels can be
selected. The access is fixed to the third timeslot (MONITOR channel) of this channel.
PSB 7115
Functional Description
Semiconductor Group 56 02.98
2.5.5 D-Channel
The ISAR 34 provides an HDLC controller in datapath 3 which is responsible for the data
link layer using HDLC based protocols (LAPD).
The data formatting in path 3 is fixed to HDLC framing, it is not programmable to binary
or ASYNC as in path 1 and 2. The timeslot position is fixed to the D-channel timeslot on
IOM-2 (first two bits in fourth octett of IOM-2 channel 0). The access to the FIFO buffers
for D-channel data is similar as for path 1 and 2.
D-channel access can be performed with or without the TIC-bus access mechanism (see
chapter 2.5.7).
2.5.6 C/I-Channel
The command/indication channel carries real-time status information between the ISAR
34 and another device connected to the IOM-2 interface.
The ISAR 34 supports the 4-bit C/I0 channel, but it has no access to the 6-bit C/I1
channel.
C/I0 conveys the commands and indications between the layer-1 device and the layer-2
parts of the ISAR 34 and it is used to control the layer-1 activation/deactivation
procedures. Access to C/I0 may be arbitrated via the TIC bus access protocol (see
chapter 2.5.7).
In receiv e direction the code from layer-1 is continu ously monitore d and an interru pt is
generated to the host anytime a change in the C/I-code is detected. A new code must be
found in two cons ec utiv e IOM -2 frames to be cons idered va lid an d to trig ger a C/I-cod e
change interrupt status (double last look criterion).
PSB 7115
Functional Description
Semiconductor Group 57 02.98
2.5.7 TIC-Bus Access
The TIC-bus arbitration mechanism which is available in IOM-2 TE mode allows access
of several external communication controllers (up to 7) to the layer-1 functions and to the
D- and C/I-channel of the transceiver device (figure 34).
Figure 34 TIC-Bus Application
The TIC-bus is implemented in the last octet of IOM channel 2 (figure 35 and 36):
Figure 35 Structure of Last Octet within CH2 on DU
7115_
3
ICC
PEB 2070
Transceiver
IOM-2
S/T
or
U
ISAR 34
PSB 7115
ICC
PEB 2070
Up to 7 D-channel controller
PSB 7115
Functional Description
Semiconductor Group 58 02.98
Figure 36 Structure of Last Octet within CH2 on DD
In the case of an access request the ISAR 34 checks the Bus Accessed bit (BAC) for the
status "bus free", which is indicated by a logic "1". If the bus is free, the ISAR 34 transmits
its individual TIC-bus address and the bus is occupied by the device which sends its
address error free. If more than one device attempt to seize the bus simultaneously, the
one with the lowest address value wins.
When the TIC bus is seized by the ISAR 34 the bus is identified to other devices as
occupied via the BAC bit state "0" until the access request is withdrawn. After a
successful bus access. the ISAR 34 is automatically set into a lower priority class, i.e. a
new bus access cannot be performed until the status "bus free" is indicated in two
successive fr ames.
If none of the devices connected to the IOM-2 interface request access to the D- and
C/I-channels, the TIC-bus address 7 will be present. The device with this address will
therefore have access, by default, to the D- and C/I-channels.
The BAC bit is reset to state ’1 ’ when acces s to the C/I-c hann el is no longer requested,
to grant other devices access to the D- and C/I-channels.
The availability of the S/T interface D-channel is indicated in the Stop/Go bit (S/G):
S/G=1: stop
S/G=0: go
The stop/go bit is available to other layer-2 devices connected to the IOM-2 interface to
determine if they can access the S/T bus D-channel.
The Available/Blocked bit (A/B) is not influenced by the ISAR 34.
PSB 7115
Functional Description
Semiconductor Group 59 02.98
2.5.8 MONITOR Channel
The MONITOR channel protocol is a handshake protocol used for information exchange
between the ISAR 34 and other devices.
It is necessary for programming and controlling devices attached to the IOM-2 interface,
such like layer-1 transceivers (e.g. IEC-Q TE PSB 21911) or peripheral voice/data
modules that do not need a parallel microcontroller interface (e.g. ARCOFI -SP PSB
2163).
Figure 37 MONITOR Channel Applications
The MONITOR channel operates on an asynchronous basis. While data transfers on the
bus take place synchronized to frame sync, the flow of data is controlled by a handshake
procedure us ing the MO NITOR chan nel receiv e (MR) and MONITOR chann el transmit
(MX) bits. For example, data is placed onto the MONITOR channel and the MX bit is
activated. This data will be transmitted repeatedly once per 8-kHz frame until the transfer
is acknowledged via the MR bit.
MR and MX bits are controlled internally by the ISAR 34 according to the MONITOR
channel protocol.
7115_
3
ISAC-S TE
PSB 2186
ISAR 34
PSB 7115
ARCOFI-SP
PSB 2163
IOM-2
MONITOR1
IEC-Q TE
PSB 21911
ISAR 34
PSB 7115
IOM-2
MONITOR0
U S/T
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 60 02.98
3 Operational Description
3.1 Host Communication
The communication between host and ISAR 34 is message oriented. That means all kind
of information (B- and D-channel data, configuration data, status events, control
commands, etc.) is exchanged by means of data packets that have a specific format
depending on the kind of message.
Figure 38 Host Communication
In order to trans fer da ta to th e ISAR 34 th e ho st wr ites messa ges to the mai lbox . In th e
opposite direction the ISAR 34 releases an interrupt to the host to indicate that a
message can be read from the mailbox.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 61 02.98
3.1.1 Message Structure
This chapter describes the format of the messages that are used to transfer information
between host and ISAR 34. The coding of the individual messages is described in detail
in chapt er 3.2 pp.
Depending on the kind of message, the structure and message length may be different.
All messages consist of:
Interrupt status byte (HIS or IIS)
Control register MSB (CTRL MSB)
Control register LSB (CTRL LSB)
For some messages a certain number of additional bytes must be written to or read from
the mailbox, respectively:
1st Parameter
2nd Parameter
•:
N-th Parameter
Figure 39 Message Transfer
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 62 02.98
3.1.2 Interrupt Status Byte
This chapter describes the format of the interrupt status byte which is part of every
message transferred between host and ISAR 34. There are two types of interrupt status
bytes depending on the direction of data flow:
The interrupt status byte has a structure that defines the type of message, i.e. it contains
information to which buffer the message is related to, the kind of message and to which
functional block of the ISAR 34 the message is related to:
The coding for the HIS and IIS registers are listed below. It should be noted, that not all
code combinations of buffer selection (DPS), message coding (MSC) and message
destination/source (MDS) are available at the programming interface.
It is also important to note that the coding for test/diagnostics messages (DPS = 00) does
not conform to the above shown structure of MSC and MDS. Instead these bits fully
specify an individual message function.
Some of the test/diagnostics messages are only used for DSP download and are not
valid after regular operation has started (see chapte r 3.12 DSP Program Download).
HIS Host Interrupt Status Host ISAR 34 Write to Reg. 03h
IIS ISAR 34 Interrupt Status ISAR 34 Host Read from Reg. 04h
76543210
HIS/IIS DPS MSC MDS
DPS Datapath selection
One of the four data paths (0, 1, 2 or 3) of the ISAR 34 is selected.
MSC Message coding
MSC defines the type of command (e.g. configuration request,
configuration response, status event, control command, ) to perform a
certain function.
MDS Message destination/source
Selects one of the four functional blocks on the ISAR 34 (buffer, SART,
data pump and IOM-2) to which the message is sent (host ISAR 34)
or from which a message is originated (ISAR 34 host ).
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 63 02.98
Host Interrupt Status Byte (HIS Host ISAR 34)
The structure for the HI S byte is sho wn be low. Not al l comb inations of bu ffer sel ecti on,
message coding and message destination are available at the programming interface.
Table 5 HIS Structure - Path 1, 2 and 3
7 6543210
Datapath Selection (DPS)
0 1 Path 1
1 0 Path 2
1 1 Path 3
Message Coding (MSC)
100000Transmit data with SART control command
0 0 0 1 Request for configuration
0 0 1 1 Request for status
1 0 0 1 Configuration setup
1 0 1 0 Control command
Message Destination/Source (MDS)
0 0 Command for Buffer
0 1 Command for SART
1 0 Command for Pump
1 1 Command for IOM-2
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 64 02.98
The HIS st ructure is dif ferent for data path 0 which is u sed for the MONITO R channel,
general control and test/diangostics functions.
.
Table 6 HIS Structure - Path 0
7 6543210
Datapath Selection (DPS)
0 0 Path 0
Message Coding (MSC)
001000IOM-2 request for configuration
111100Buffer Configuration setup
111110Buffer control command
011101Buffer status request
100101Timer interrupt on/off
000100Request selftest result
000101Request for software version number
110001MONITOR channel configuration setup
010001MONITOR channel configuration request
110000MONITOR channel transmit data
101000Soft reset
001010GPIO data request
101010GPIO configuration command
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 65 02.98
ISAR 34 Interrupt Status Byte (IIS)
The structu re for the IIS byte is shown below . Also for IIS not al l combin ations of buffer
selection, message coding and message destination are available at the programming
interface.
One message does not conform to the described structure of DPS, MSC and MDS. It
has a general code (IIS = 0), which is used for normal operation and not for test/
diagnostics functions.
Note: All messages which are not listed here or described in the detailed message
description (starting with chapter 3.2) must be ingored by the host if released from
the ISAR 34.
Table 7 IIS Structure - Path 1, 2 and 3
7 6543210
Datapath Selection (DPS)
0 1 Path 1
1 0 Path 2
1 1 Path 3
Message Coding (MSC)
100000Receive data with SART status event
1 0 0 1 Mailbox contains configuration data
1 0 1 0 Mailbox contains status event
1 0 1 1 Mailbox contains status information
Message Destination/Source (MDS)
0 0 Indication from Buffer
0 1 Indication from SART
1 0 Indication from Pump
1 1 Indication from IOM-2
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 66 02.98
The IIS structure is different for data path 0 which is used for the MONITOR channel,
general control and test/diangostics functions.
:
Note: The timer interrupt is not coded as a path 0 message but for data path 1. However,
the use of the timer interrupt does not require path 1 operation, it may be used for
any purpose.
Table 8 IIS Structure - Path 0
7 6543210
Datapath Selection (DPS)
0 0 Path 0
Message Coding (MSC)
1 0 1 0 0 0 General IOM-2 configuration response
111101Buffer status response
1 1 1 1 1 0 Buffer status event (path 0)
0 0 0 0 0 0 Buffer status event - buffer available (path 0, 1, 2 and 3)
1 1 1 1 1 1 Invalid message received
100100Selftest response
1 0 0 1 0 1 Software version number response
1 1 0 0 0 1 MONITOR channel configuration response
1 1 0 0 0 0 MONITOR channel receive data
1 1 0 0 1 0 MONITOR channel status event
1 0 1 0 1 0 GPIO status event/response
0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 Timer interrupt event
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 67 02.98
3.1.3 Control Registers and Parameters
This chapter describes the structure of the remaining elements of a message, which are
control registers, parameters and data.
The most significant byte of the control register (CTRL MSB) contains configuration,
status or control information which depends on the type of message.
Figure 40 Control Registers and Parameters
The least significant byte of the control register (CTRL LSB) is used to indicate the total
number of bytes transferred via the mailbox (Mailbox I/O Data).
These mailbox data may contain additional configuration, status or control information
as well as user data in rece ive/transmi t direction (figure 40).
For some of the messages no additional data is written to/read from the mailbox, in this
case the CTRL LSB is set to 0.
The structure of the parameters depends on the type of message being transferred and
has no fixed format. Therefore it is described with each individual message.
CTR L MS B
CTR L L S B
1st P arameter
2nd Par ameter
N-th P a ra me ter
Number of P aram eters N
Config, Status or Control Information
Mai lbo x I/ O Da ta
Mai lbo x I/ O Da ta
Mai lbo x I/ O Da ta
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 68 02.98
3.1.4 Configuration After Reset
The proceeding after hardware reset is shown in figure 41.
This version of the ISAR 34 requires a download of the DSP program into external
memory, future versions will be able to store the DSP program in flash memory and may
even pr ovi de completely ne w fe ature s. The corres ponding D SP p rogram is deliv ered in
a binary file together with the device. When this binary file is downloaded, an automatic
test of the chip version number is performed within the download procedure, so the host
does not need to evaluate it.
After the DSP program download procedures are finished the host checks the global
variable STATUS if the download was successful.
The ISAR 34 will also perform an automatic selftest of the chip at the end of the download
procedure. The host requests the result of this selftest to ensure that no basic hardware
error is given.
The software version number can be read to get information on what features are
provided with this version of the DSP program.
The ISAR 34 is now ready for configuration of the functional blocks which should be done
in the given sequence (buffer, pump, IOM-2 and SART) and data transfer can be started.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 69 02.98
Figure 41 Initialisation Procedure
To establis h a link on a data path, the four function al blocks , buffer, data p ump, IOM-2
interface and SART must be configured first. Since the configuration of the data pump
will reset the whole data path except buffer configuration, the pump should be configured
right after buffer configuration.
It is recommended to follow this configuration sequence to provide for proper operation.
RESET
Send comm and
"A utostart"
Download su ccessful
(STATUS =0) ?
Confi gu re dat a pum p
Configure IOM-2
interface
Configure SART
Request f or ISAR 34
Selftest result
Normal operati on mode
Initial i z a tio n co mple te
Download complete
No
Yes
Done
ISAR 34 ready for
confi guration and
data tr ansfer
Configure buffer
IS A R 34 Se lftest is
perfor m ed aut om atical l y
Err o r detected ?
Yes
No
7115_60.A
Abor t P rocedu re
Download
program to
external memory
Host tries to start the DSP program
of the ISAR 34.
Abort Procedure
The parameter STATUS is
a glob al variable of the
DSP program download
procedures.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 70 02.98
The table below shows the configuration parameters for each of the four blocks and the
reference to the corresponding parameter setting.
Detailed information about the individual parameters is provided with the corresponding
configuration setup messages.
Table 9 Configuration Parameters
Functional Block Configuration Parameter Parameter Setting
Buffer Buffer base priority BBP
Maximum message length MML
Data pump Pump mode (fax, datamodem,
halfduplex modulation, V.110,
DTMF, DTMF transmission or bypass)
PMOD
Originating/answering mode OAM
Transmitter output attenuation TOA
Call ing and answer tones ATN, CTN
Echo protector tone EPT
Guard tone selection GTS
Modulation scheme V34R, V32R,
Automode operation AMOD
V.8 nego tiat ion V8
Data rate (V.110) VDR
Flow control (V.110) FCT
Rejection leve l (DTMF) RE L
IOM-2 interface IOM-2 access enable/disable IOM
Time slot position RTSO, RCS
TTSO, TCS
Time slot length TSL
Switching of DU/DD lines TXD, RXD
Coding (PCM A-law, µ-law) COD
Rate con vers ion RCV
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 71 02.98
SART SART mode (V.14, HDLC, binary, FSK
V.14) SMODE
Receive/transmit channel disable
(halfduplex modulation) HDMC
HDLC forma tting (HDLC regular/inverted,
Interframe fill, FCS length, enable/disable
FCS, data underrun operation)
HIO
IFF
FLEN
EDF, DUO
V.14/FSK V.14 formatting (overspeed
range, stop bits, parity bits, character size,
buffer flush timeout)
OVSP,
SNP, EOP, EDP
NSB, CHS, BFT
Binary formatting (data underrun operation,
bit swapping, data underrun fillword) DUO, BSW,
DUFW
Table 9 Configuration Parameters
Functional Block Configuration Parameter Parameter Setting
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 72 02.98
3.1.5 Message Transfer from Host to ISAR 34
The procedure to write a message to the ISAR 34 mailbox is shown in figure 42.
The mechanism to access the ISAR 34 mailbox is the same for all messages, which are:
Confi gurat ion setu p
Confi guration re que st
Status request
Control commands
Control commands along with transmit data
Figure 42 Write Message Transfer
When a message is written to the mailbox, the ISAR 34 will transfer the whole message
to the destination buffer which is indicated in the host interrupt status byte (HIS). During
that time another message must not be entered by the host, however due to the mailbox
structure, the message transfer is performed rather fast and will not delay any host
access.
WRITE MESSAGE TO
ISAR 34 MAILBOX
Read HIA-bit
Mail bo x access
permitted (HIA=0) ?
Writ e t o
CTR L MS B
Write to CTRL LSB
(= number n of
parameters
)
No
Yes
Write parameter to
mailbox
Anot h er par am et er
necessary (n>0) ?
Writ e host i nt e rrupt
stat u s byte t o
HIS-regsiter
No
Yes
Done
n := n - 1
Indicates the new message
in the mailbox to the ISAR 34
Reset wri t e add ress
register to 0 7115_60.A
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 73 02.98
Therefore, before any access to the mailbox is done, the host should read the host
interrupt acknowledge bit (HIA), to verify that the registers are available again (HIA = 0)
and a new message may be written to the mailbox.
The control registers (CTRL MSB and LSB) should be written first, where the CTRL LSB
contains the total number of bytes which will be entered to the mailbox.
Before any data is w ritten to th e m ailb ox (addre ss 02h), the write pointe r (address 01h )
must be reset to 0. After a byte is written to the mailbox, the write address pointer is
autoincreme nted and doesn’t need to be reprogra mmed. This allow s for fast access to
the mailbox .
If there are successive messages with the same mailbox contents, the mailbox data
does not nee d to be written again, as this data is still available in the mailbox me mory
from the previous message. It allows the host to flexibly reprogram the write pointer and
its respect ive memory locati on only for thos e mail box co ntents which are diff erent from
the previous message.
Important note:
It is important to note that the HIS byte must be entered as the very last byte of the
message as this will indicate the new register and mailbox contents to the ISAR 34.
An access to the HIS register will terminate the message transfer and automatically set
the HIA bi t w hi ch is res et a gai n b y the ISAR 34 as s oon as n ew da ta c an be en tered to
the mailbox .
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 74 02.98
3.1.6 Message Transfer from ISAR 34 to Host
The procedure to read a message from the ISAR 34 mailbox is shown in figure 43.
The mechanism to access the ISAR 34 mailbox is the same for all messages, which are:
Configuration response (initiated by configuration request message)
Status response (initiated by status request message)
Status events
Status events along with receive data
Figure 43 Read Message Transfer
If the ISAR 34 has a message available in the mailbox to be read by the host, it will
activate the INT-line, provided the interrupt is not masked (MSK bit). To ensure the
interrupt line is acti vated by the ISAR 3 4 an d not from a diffe rent interrupt so urce in th e
system (e.g. from the transceiver device), the interrupt status bit STA should be checked.
For the message transfer the ISAR 34 interrupt status register (IIS) should be read first.
It defines the type of message and indicates the source where the message was
initiated.
READ MESSAGE
FROM ISAR 34
MAILBOX
INT received
from ISAR 34
Done
Read IIS register
Read ISAR 34
CTRL MSB
Read ISAR 34
CTRL - LSB
(= numb er n of byte s in
the m ai l box)
Another byt e to be
read from the mailbox
(n>0 ) ?
No
Yes
Read one byte f rom t he
mailbox
Release mailbox for
next dat a t ransf er
(
Set IIA=0
)
n := n - 1
Indicates to the ISAR 34 that
the whole message has
been read from the mailbox
Reset rea d addr ess
register t o 0
Check STA bit
7115_60.A
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 75 02.98
Then the CTRL MSB and LSB are read by the host, where the LSB indicates the total
number of bytes which are available in the mailbox .
Before data is read from the mailbox (address 02h), the read pointer (address 00h) must
be reset to 0 to read the data starting with the first byte in sequence. For each read
access to th e mailbox the read ad dress pointer i s autoincremente d and does not need
to be reprogrammed by the host. This allows for fast access to the mailbox.
Important note:
It is important to note that the IIA bit must be reset as the very last register access of the
message, as this will indicate to the ISAR 34 that the message has been completely
read. The mailbox is released and may be filled with new contents.
It is not necessary to read the mailbox if its content is not required by the host, e.g. if data
is not valid. The host can discard the contents by just writing the IIA bit as this will release
the whole mail box .
A response message is always initiated by the host releasing a request message to the
ISAR 34 (see figure 44). The other messages are initiated by the state machine residing
on the host side (messages from host to ISAR 34) or residing on the ISAR 34 (messages
from ISAR 34 to host).
Figure 44 Message Directions
The ISAR 34 re leases an i nterrupt request to th e host to indi cate that a me ssage must
be read from the mailbox. The host can mask the interrupt source (bit MSK = 0) to avoid
any interrupt state being indicated to the host by activating the INT-line. However, the
mask bit affects only the generation of the interrupt, but not the interrupt status from
being set (STA bit) which can be polled by the host.
7115_
3
Configuration Setup
Configuration Request
Configuration Response
Status Request
Status Response
Control Command
Control Command
along with transmit data
Status Event
Status Event
along with receive data
ISAR 34
PSB 7115
Host
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 76 02.98
3.1.7 Message Overview
The dat a path for the B-chann el consists of F IFO buffer, SART, d ata pump and IOM -2
interface. Transmit/receive data and configuration, status and control information is
exchanged between the host and the ISAR 34 by a set of messages.
Buffer Configuration
Configuration Setup Host ISAR 34
The host sets the priority at which each buffer's request will be serviced by the
host and the message length at which data will be transferred between the host
and the mailbox.
Configuration Request Host ISAR 34
The host can request the current configuration, i.e. parameter settings such as
base priority and mes sag e length .
Configuration Response Host ISAR 34
After a configuration request by the host, the ISAR 34 will respond with the
current parameter settings.
Control Command Host ISAR 34
The host sends control commands to the ISAR 34 in order to clear or reset
buffers.
Buffer Status
Status Request Host ISAR 34
The host can request the current status of the buffers, i.e. number of messages
and free locations in the buffers. Two different types of status responses can be
requested.
Status Response Host ISAR 34
After a status request by the host, the ISAR 34 will respond with the current
status information.
Status Events Host ISAR 34
During data transfer the ISAR 34 indicates to the host, whether the buffer is able
to store another message, i.e. if new data can be entered.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 77 02.98
SART Configuration
Configuration Setup Host ISA R 34
The host configures the mode (Binary, HDLC, ASYNC) for the SART and sets
further parameters depending on the mode.
SART Data
Status Events with Receive Data Host ISAR 34
During data reception the ISAR 34 indicates to the host, when error conditions
or mode specific events occur, e.g. when the end of an HDLC frame was
detected.
Control Commands with Transmit Data Host ISAR 34
During data transmission the host controls mode specific functions e.g. the
HDLC framing (frame start, frame end) and the generation of break signals in
ASYNC mode.
Pump Configuration
Configuration Setup Host ISA R 34
The host configures the mode (fax modulations, datamodem modulations,
halfduplex modulations, V.110, DTMF, DTMF transmission or by pass) for the
data pump and sets further parameters depending on the mode.
Control Co mmands Host ISAR 34
The host sends control commands to the ISAR 34 in order to enable/disable the
pump and to set mode specific control commands (e.g. DTMF tones to be
generated).
Pump Status
Status Request Host ISAR 34
The host can request the current configuration of the data pump (pump mode,
originating/answering mode).
Status Response Host ISAR 34
After a configuration request by the host, the ISAR 34 will respond with the
current parameter settings.
Status Events Host ISAR 34
The ISAR 34 indicates to the host mode specific events that occur during data
transfer, such as DTMF tones received or control bit change in V.110.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 78 02.98
Important Note:
In future versions of the ISAR 34 the message length for response messages can be
different from th is Version 2.1, i.e . new paramete rs may addition ally be provid ed which
is indicated by an increased parameter NOM (= number of valid bytes in the mailbox).
If the ISAR 34 in this v ersion provide s more paramete rs than specif ied herein, the hos t
should ignore all mailbox data that exceeds the message length determined by NOM as
specified.
IOM-2 Configuration
Configuration Setup Host ISAR 34
The host configures the length and position of the IOM-2 timeslots.
Configuration Request Host ISAR 34
The host can request the current IOM-2 configuration, i.e. the current settings
of timeslot-length and position.
Configuration Response Host ISAR 34
After a configuration request by the host, the ISAR 34 will respond with the
current configuration setting.
Control Commands Host ISAR 34
The host sends control commands to the ISAR 34 for IOM-2 control during
normal operation.
GPIO Configuration
Configuration Setup Host ISAR 34
The host configures status, direction, interrupts etc . of the GPIO pins.
GPIO Status
Status Request Host ISAR 34
The host requests the current status of the GPIO pins.
Status Event/Response Host ISAR 34
After a state change on a GPIO with unmasked interrupt, this status event
reports the current GPIO status to the host. The same message is used as a
status response after a status request from the host.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 79 02.98
3.2 Buffer Configuration
3.2.1 Bu ffer Configuration Setup (Host ISAR 34)
:
76543210
DPS MSC MDS
HIS 0 0
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB 0 0000 BBP
76543210
CTRL LS B 1
76543210
1. Parameter MML
DPS Datapath selection
00: path 0
01: path 1
10: path 2
11: path 3
MSC Message coding
The message coding is different for datapath 0 and datapath 1, 2, 3.
1111: configuration setup for data path 0 (DPS = 00)
1001: configuration setup for data path 1, 2 or 3 (DPS = 01, 10, 11)
BBP Buffer Base Priority
000: priority is not changed by the configuration command
001: change base priority to 1 (lowest priority)
: :
111: change base priority to 7 (highest priority)
Reset value: BBP = 4 datapaths 1, 2 and 3 (DPS = 01, 10, 11)
BBP = 5 datapath 0 (DPS = 00)
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 80 02.98
The buffer priority determines the sequence of service if more than one read buffer
request for mailbox service at the same time. In such a case the buffer with highest
priority is served first and the priority of all pending buffers is increased by one. After
being served, the priority of the serviced buffer is reset to its base value, which is
selected by the above given configuration command.
So a buffer with a higher base priority will be served more often than a buffer with a lower
base priority, moreover, the higher the difference of two priority values the more often
the one buffer will be serviced first.
If the ad ditional va lue (maximum me ssage leng th) is omitted (C TRL LSB = 0), only th e
base priority is changed. In this way the buffer base priority can be reconfigured to a
different value during normal operation without any loss of data consistency.
By changing the base priority, the current priority is reset to the new base value.
For highest throughput and best internal performance it is recommended to use the
highest value for MML.
MML Maximum Message Length
The maximum message length defines the block size of data that is
transferred via the mailbox. A data block that is read from or written to
the mailbox has a block size less or equal the maximum message length
MML.
The maximum value for MML is limited by the FIFO size (MPL =
maximum possible message length) for the respective datapath. MPL
can be read by a buffer configuration request message (see next
chapter).
The FIFO size depends on the memory configuration of the ISAR 34.
With external SRAM 128kx16, 15ns:
MPL MML (re set val ue)
path 0 61 32
path 1 253 32
path 2 253 32
path 3 253 32
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 81 02.98
3.2.2 Bu ffer Configuration Request (Host ISAR 34)
The current buffer configuration can be requested by the host. The request is fully
specified by the Host Interrupt Status register (HIS), i.e. the mailbox control registers are
set to 0 and no parameters are required.
:
76543210
DPS MSC MDS
HIS 0 0
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MS B 0
76543210
CTRL LS B 0
DPS Datapath selection
00: path 0
01: path 1
10: path 2
11: path 3
MSC Message coding
The message coding is different for datapath 0 and datapath 1, 2, 3.
0111: configuration request for datapath 0 (DPS = 00)
0001: configuration request for datapath 1, 2 or 3 (DPS = 01, 10, 11)
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 82 02.98
3.2.3 Buffer Configuration Response (ISAR 34 Host)
The ISAR 34 prov ides th e config uration da ta, whic h was reque sted by t he ho st, via th e
mailbox. The coding is similar to the configuration setup.
76543210
DPS MSC MDS
IIS 0 0
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB ––––– BBP
76543210
CTRL LSB 2
76543210
1. Parameter MML
76543210
2. Parameter MPL
DSP Datapath selection
00: path 0
01: path 1
10: path 2
11: path 3
MSC Message coding
The message coding is different for datapath 0 and datapath 1, 2, 3.
1111: configuration response from datapath 0 (DPS = 00)
1001: configuration response from datapath 1, 2 or 3
(DPS = 01, 10 or 11)
BBP Current Buffer Base Priority
000: not used
001: base priority of 1 (lowest priority)
: :
111: base priority of 7 (highest priority)
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 83 02.98
In receive direction the ISAR 34 gathers all received data words from the SART up to the
selected message length, before the message is passed to the mailbox. Messages of
reduced length may be passed on certain events such like error conditions or HDLC
frame end (see chapter 3.5.1 SART Status Events with Receive Data).
In transmit direction it’s the responsibility of the host that transmit messages do not
exceed the selected message length, to avoid a buffer overflow and loss of data.
It must be ensured that MML does not exceed MPL in the configuration setup message
(see chapter 3.2.1). Therefore it is recommended to issue a buffer configuration request
message to verify the currently selected (MML) and the maximum possible message
length (MPL). Moreover, this enables the software to automatically adapt to the
hardware platform, as the ISAR 34 may provide different FIFO buffer sizes depending
on the memory configuration in future versions.
MML Currently Selected Maximum Message Length
MML contains the maximum message length that has been configured
by the host. If this value has not been programmed by the host, MML
contains the reset value for the maximum possible message length (see
below).
MPL Maximum Possible Message Length
MPL contains the maximum possible message length that can be
configured.
The value for MPL depends on the memory configuration of the ISAR 34.
With external SRAM 128kx16, 15ns:
MPL MML (reset value)
path 0 61 32
path 1 253 32
path 2 253 32
path 3 253 32
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 84 02.98
3.2.4 Buffer Control Command (Host ISAR 34)
The I/O-buffer control commands are interpreted immediately after being received by the
ISAR 34.
The buffer clear commands do not change the settings of the base priority or the
message length.
The reset command clears both, read and write buffers, and reset them to their initial
factory settings.
76543210
DPS MSC MDS
HIS
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB 0 0 0 0 0 0 CRB
76543210
CTRL LSB 0
DPS Datapath selection
00: path 0
01: path 1
10: path 2
11: path 3
MSC Message coding
The message coding is different for datapath 0 and datapath 1, 2, 3.
1111: control command for datapath 0 (DPS = 00)
1010: control command for datapath 1, 2 or 3 (DPS = 01, 10 or 11)
MDS Message destination/source
The destination coding is different for datapath 0 and datapath 1, 2, 3.
10: message is addressed to buffer (for DPS = 00)
00: message is addressed to buffer (for DPS = 01, 10 or 11)
CRB Clear / Reset Buffers
00: clear receive buffer
01: clear transmit buffer
10: reset read and write buffers to their initial values
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 85 02.98
3.3 Buffer Status
3.3.1 Buffer Status Request (Host ISAR 34)
The request is fully specified by the Host Interrupt Status register (HIS) and the mailbox
control regis ters, i.e. addi tional parameters are not used. The I/O-buf fer status request
is serviced immediately after being received by the ISAR 34.
76543210
DPS MSC MDS
HIS
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB 0 000000STS
76543210
CTRL LS B 0
DPS Datapath selection
00: path 0
01: path 1
10: path 2
11: path 3
MSC Message coding
The message coding is different for datapath 0 and datapath 1, 2, 3.
0111: status request for datapath 0 (DPS = 00)
0011: status request for datapath 1, 2 or 3 (DPS = 01, 10 or 11)
MDS Message destination/source
The destination coding is different for datapath 0 and datapath 1, 2, 3.
01: message is addressed to buffer (for DPS = 00)
00: message is addressed to buffer (for DPS = 01, 10 or 11)
STS Status Type Select
The status request will cause the generation of
0: a status response with additional information about the
buffers
1: … a buffer available indication
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 86 02.98
The status response with additional information about messages and free locations in
the receive and transmit buffers is described in chapter 3.3.2.
The second option allows the host to force the generation of a buffer available indication
as spec ified in chap te r 3.3.3. H owever there is a sli ght di fference in the function ality of
the resulting indication message:
A buffer available indication that is initiated by the ISAR 34, only contains information
about those buffers where a transition from “not enough free space” to “enough free
space for another message” occurs. All buffers that are not serviced by that time, will not
be indicated in a following buffer available indication that results from the status
transition of a different buffer.
However, a status request with STS = 1 forces the ISAR 34 to generate a buffer available
indicatio n for the tra nsm it bu ffer of the sel ecte d dat apath (specified in the H IS regis ter),
even if there is no state transition for that buffer.
This comma nd is useful to force a first data req uest messa ge from the ISAR 34 af ter a
datapath is fully configured, although the first request message is automatically
generated after SART configuration.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 87 02.98
3.3.2 Buffer Sta t us Res ponse (I SAR 34 Hos t )
The ISAR 34 returns status information about the buffers if requested by the host
(see chapter 3.3.1).
76543210
DPS MSC MDS
IIS
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MS B RDM3 RDM2 RDM1 RDM0
76543210
CTRL LS B 6
76543210
1. Parameter NBRL
76543210
2. Parameter NBRM
76543210
3. Parameter NMR
76543210
4. Parameter NBTL
76543210
5. Parameter NBTM
76543210
6. Parameter NMT
DPS Datapath selection
00: path 0
01: path 1
10: path 2
11: path 3
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 88 02.98
The control re gist er contai ns addit ional inf ormat ion abou t all buffe rs that curre ntly hav e
buffer sp ace avail able for a new me ss age. Th e i nform atio n is si milar as p r ovi ded in th e
general status event message which is a kind of “Indication for Buffer available” (see
chapter 3.3.3.2). H owever, here the cu rrent st atus of all buffe rs is indic ated re gardles s
whether there is a state transition in the individual buffer.
Detailed information abo ut free locations in receive a nd transmit buffers and about the
number of messages currently stored in the buffers are available from the mailbox.
These pa rame ters only refer to the bu ffer which is a ss oci ated to th e s ele cted data pa th
in IIS register.
Comment
As the HIS register and the control word are internally also written to the buffers a
message of length n will always require (n+3) buffer locations.
MSC Message coding
The message coding is different for datapath 0 and datapath 1, 2, 3.
1111: status response from datapath 0 (DPS = 00)
1011: status response from datapath 1, 2 or 3 (DPS = 01, 10 or 11)
MDS Message destination/source
The source coding is different for datapath 0 and datapath 1, 2, 3.
01: message is originated from the buffer (for DPS = 00)
00: message is originated from the buffer (for DPS = 01, 10 or 11)
RDM3 - 0 ... Request for next Data Message from Channel 3, 2, 1 or 0
If RDM0, RDM1, RDM2 or RDM3 is set, the corresponding channel 0, 1,
2 or 3 requests for a new data message from the host, i.e. there is
enough free buffer space for another message.
NBRL Number of free bytes in the receive buffer - LSB
NBRM Number of free bytes in the receive buffer - MSB
NMR Number of messages in the receive buffer
NBTL Number of free bytes in the transmit buffer - LSB
NBTM Number of free bytes in the transmit buffer - MSB
NMT Number of messages in the transmit buffer
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 89 02.98
3.3.3 Buffer Status Event (ISAR 34 Host)
There are two message types for status events from the buffer:
Status event that is related to a certain buffer (see chapter 3.3.3.1)
Indication for buffer available - general code for all buffers (see chapter 3.3. 3.2)
3.3.3.1 Buffer Specific Status Event (ISAR 34 Host)
:
76543210
DPS MSC MDS
IIS
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MS B STEV
76543210
CTRL LS B 0
DPS Datapath selection
00: path 0
01: path 1
10: path 2
11: path 3
MSC Message coding
The message coding is different for datapath 0 and datapath 1, 2, 3.
1111: status event from datapath 0 (DPS = 00)
1010: status event from datapath 1, 2 or 3 (DPS = 01, 10 or 11)
MDS Message destination/source
The source coding is different for datapath 0 and datapath 1, 2, 3.
10: message is originated from the buffer (for DPS = 00)
00: message is originated from the buffer (for DPS = 01, 10 or 11)
STEV Status Event Code
1Fh: Transmit Buffer Overflow
2Fh: Receive Buffer Overflow
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 90 02.98
3.3.3.2 Buffer General Status Event (ISAR 34 Host)
If a data path is online and the associated write buffer has space available for a new
message, the status event message “buffer available” is generated to request new data
from the host.
The I/O-buffer control unit generates write buffer status event messages that cover
information about all buffers, thus the IIS register contains a general code (IIS = 0). In
this way the load for transfering messages is decreased significantly, as a single
message may request data for more than one datapath. It is the responsibility of the host
to dispatch RDMx to the controller routines of the relevant datapath.
A status event is generated by the control unit and indicated to the host when
at least one of the write buffers changes its state from “not enough free space” to
“enough free space for another data message”, or when
at least one of the write buffers has still enough free space for another message
immediately after a new message was written into this buffer.
Only when either of these tw o states is m et, the status e vent message i s generated. If
the request is not serviced by the host, the ISAR 34 will not generate a new status event
message to request data for that path.
It should be noticed that the corresponding bit for that buffer remains not set in the control
register each time another buffer generates an interrupt to request new data.
However a status reque st mes sage (see chapter 3.3.1) can force the generation of an
indication for buffer available for a certain buffer.
76543210
DPS MSC MDS
IIS 00000000
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB 0 0 0 0 RDM3 RDM2 RDM1 RDM0
76543210
CTRL LSB 0
RDM3 - 0 ... Request for next Data Message from Channel 3, 2, 1 or 0
If bit RDM3, RDM2, RDM1 or RDM0 is set, the corresponding datapath
0, 1, 2 or 3 requests for a new data message from the host.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 91 02.98
The general proceeding for data transfer from the host to the transmit buffer would be:
after Res et a nd c ompletion of th e initializ atio n p r oce dure the I SAR 34 will rele ase an
initial status event message with RDM0 = RDM1 = RDM2 = RDM3 = 1
the host configures buffer, data pump, IOM-2 interface and SART
the host writes the first message to the buffer (buffer is empty after reset)
if the remaini ng buffer sp ace is greater than the prog rammed messa ge length, there
will be an immediate interrupt to the host, who in turn can transfer the next message.
if the rem aining buffe r space is sm aller tha n the p rogrammed messa ge leng th, there
will be no interrupt to the host until data is transmitted from the buffer and enough
space is available to accept one complete message.
if there is a request for message to the host and the host has no new message to send,
the host should store the request information, so for new data it can immediately
continue with transfering it to the buffer.
the host can force the generation of an indication for buffer available for a certain
buffer (see chapter 3.3.1).
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 92 02.98
3.4 SART Configuration
For the B-channel datapaths (path 1 and 2) the configuration setup message requires a
specific co din g d epen din g o n th e req uire d SART mo de (HDLC, ASYNC or bina ry). Th e
coding for each mode is described in the following chapters.
The D-channel datapath (path 3) is always operating in HDLC mode, therefore no SART
configuration setup is required. As datapath 0 is used for the MONITOR channel and for
test/diagnostics functions, there is no SART function and no SART messages are
defined.
For SART configuration all parameters have to be set for the corresponding SART mode
even though a single parameter may not be different from a previous setting.
Important note:
After configuration of the pump, the configuration information of the SART gets lost,
therefore the SART unit must be configured after the pump configuration.
3.4.1 SART Configuration Setup - HDLC (Host ISAR 34)
76543210
DPS MSC MDS
HIS 100101
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB HDMC 0 0 SMODE
76543210
CTRL LSB 1
76543210
1. Parameter 0 0 0 HIO IFF FLEN EDF DUO
DPS Datapath selection
01: path 1
10: path 2
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 93 02.98
HDMC Halfduplex Mode Configuration
00: Receive and transmit channel are enabled (default)
01: Receive channel is disabled
10: Transmit channel is disabled
11: not used
In halfduplex mode the pump would transfer idle bits in the direction that
is currently not in use, so the corresponding receive or transmit channel
can be selectively disabled to reduce the interrupt load for not valid data.
For all other pump modes except halfduplex mode, HDMC must be set
to its default value 00.
SMODE SART Mode
0000: Disable SART
0010: V.14 mode
0011: HDLC mode
0100: Binary mode
0101: FSK V.14 mode
all other codes reserved
HIO HDLC Input/Output
0: regular
1: inverted
“Inverted” describes a mode where all bits are changed from “0” to “1
and from “1” to “0” after HDLC formatting.
IFF Interframe Fill
0: flags
1: “1”
FLEN FCS length
0: 16 bit FCS
1: 32 bit FCS (not supported in ISAR 34 V2.1)
EDF Enable/Disable FCS
0: enable FCS (regular HDLC operation)
1: disable FCS
This refers to FCS generation in transmit direction and FCS checking in
receive direction.
DUO Data Underrun Operation
For data underrun in TX direction
0: Abort is generated (default)
1: Frame End (FCS and final flag) is generated
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 94 02.98
3.4.2 SART Configuration Setup - ASYNC (Host ISAR 34)
ASYNC denotes an asynchronous formatting of data according to ITU-T V.14. Two
separate modes are distinguished for ASYNC which depends on the selected
modulation scheme at the data pump.
76543210
DPS MSC MDS
HIS 100101
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB HDMC 0 0 SMODE
76543210
CTRL LSB 2
76543210
1. Parameter 0 OVSP SNP PSL EDP NSB CHS
76543210
2. Parameter BFT
DPS Datapath selection
01: path 1
10: path 2
HDMC Halfduplex Mode Configuration
00: Receive and transmit channels are enabled (default)
01: Receive channel is disabled
10: Transmit channel is disabled
11: not used
In halfduplex mode the pump would transfer idle bits in the direction that
is currently not in use, so the corresponding receive or transmit channel
can be selectively disabled to reduce the interrupt load for not valid data.
For all other pump modes exce pt halfduple x mode, HDMC must be set
to its default value 00.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 95 02.98
SMODE SART Mode
0000: Disable SART
0010: V.14 mode (used for pump modes V.110, V.32, V.32bis,
V.22, V.22bis)
0011: HDLC mode
0100: Binary mode
0101: FSK V.14 mode (used for pump modes V.21, V.23,
Bell 103, Bell 202)
all other codes reserved.
There is a difference in the pump modes FSK V.14 and V.14:
For FSK V.14 the bit alignment during an idle sequence gets lost,
since there is only one frequency for the mark bit and so there's no
fixed baud rate at the data pump during the idle sequence.
For V.14 mode th ere is a data stream that has a fixed bit alignment,
since the modul ation sc heme pro vid es a fixe d baud rat e ev en during
an idle sequence.
Important Note:
FSK V.14 mode must not be used for any other pump modes than V.21,
V.23, Bell 103 and Bell 202.
OVSP Overspeed Range (Valid only for transmit direction)
Number of stop bits to be deleted
0: 1 of 8
1: 1 of 4
Stop bit deletion during data transmission is initiated by a control
command, otherwise all stopbits are generated independent of OVSP
setting.
It is only valid for V.14 mode and not supported for FSK V.14.
Overspeed range for the transmitter is an option that can be used to
increase the data rate in ASYNC mode by means of the overspeed
mechanism that is actually defined for compensating different data rates
due to missing synchronism between an AYSNC-receiver and
transmitter.
SNP Stick/Normal Parity
0: normal parity
1: stick parity
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 96 02.98
The Buffer flush counter determines the length of a timer that is started when after a
single character an idle sequence is being received. This is to ensure, that ASYNC
characters are indicated and transferred to the host in case of a long idle sequence even
though the message length is not yet complete. If the timeout is disabled, the last
datawords remain in the receiver buffer - even during a long idle sequence - until the
message length is complete which is then indicated to the host.
For fast data rates a value in the range BFT = 10 50 is suitable, whereas for slow data
rates (V.21/300 bit/s) a lower value is recommended. The BFT-value should be selected
high enough to avoid a too early buffer flush, which would increase the mailbox load.
The symbolrate refers to the selected modulation scheme which is selected for pump
configuration.
PSL Parity Select
The selection (even, odd, stick 0, stick 1) depends on the setting of SNP:
SNP = 0 SNP = 1
0: Odd parity 0: Parity bit = 1
1: Even parity 1: Parity bit = 0
EDP Enable/Disable Parity Bit
0: disable parity
1: enable parity
NSB Number of Stop Bits
0: 1 Stop bit
1: 2 Stop bits
CHS Character Size
00: 5 bit
01: 6 bit
10: 7 bit
11: 8 bit
BFT Buffer Flush Timeout (valid for receive direction only)
0: Flush timeout disabled
1: Flush timeout = 2 × symbolrate
2: = 4 × symbol rate
::
::
254: = 508 × symbolrate
255: = 510 × symbolrate
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 97 02.98
3.4.3 SART Configuration Setup - Binary (Host ISAR 34)
76543210
DPS MSC MDS
HIS 100101
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MS B HDM C 0 0 SM OD E
76543210
CTRL LS B 2
76543210
1. Parameter 0 0 0 0 0 0 DUO BSW
76543210
2. Parameter DUFW
DPS Datapath selection
01: path 1
10: path 2
HDMC Halfduplex Mode Configuration
00: Receive and transmit channel are enabled (default)
01: Receive channel is disabled
10: Transmit channel is disabled
11: not used
In halfduplex mode the pump would transfer idle bits in the direction that
is currently not in use, so the corresponding receive or transmit channel
can be selectively disabled to reduce the interrupt load for not valid data.
For all other pump modes except halfduplex mode, HDMC must be set
to its default value 00.
SMODE SART Mode
0000: Disable SART
0010: V.14 mode
0011: HDLC mode
0100: Binary mode
0101: FSK V.14 mode
all other codes reserved
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 98 02.98
DUO Data Underrun Operation
For data underrun in TX direction
0: previous databyte in TX buffer is continuously transmitted
1: fillword in mailbox (2nd parameter) is continuously
transmitted
The fillword functionality can be used to transmit “1” or “0” or any other
8 bit value without continuous message transfer between host and ISAR
34.
BSW Bit Swapping
0: LSB is transmitted/received first
1: MSB is transmitted/received first
DUFW Data Underrun Fill Word
This fillword is transmitted continuously if a data underrun condition
occurs in transmit direc tion .
This functionality is only valid if the DUO bit in the first parameter is set.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 99 02.98
3.4.4 SART Configuration Setup - Disable SART (Host ISAR 34)
If the SART is disabled, the data received by the pump i s not forwarded to the rece ive
buffer.
In transmit direction, a continuous sequence of “1” (marks) are forwarded to the pump if
the SART is disabled.
76543210
DPS MSC MDS
HIS 100101
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB 0 0 0 0 SMODE
76543210
CTRL LS B 0
DPS Datapath selection
01: path 1
10: path 2
SMODE SART Mode
0000: Disable SART
0010: V.14 mode
0011: HDLC mode
0100: Binary mode
0101: FSK V.14 mode
all other codes reserved
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 100 02.98
3.5 SART Data
Data toge ther with status informa tion or control comm ands is exchan ged by 2 types of
operation, which are described in the following two chapters.
The parameter MDS = 00 indicates that the message is related to the buffer as the user
data is transferred to and from the buffers.
However, the whole message is described as a SART message, since status
information, originated from the SART control unit and control information which is meant
for the SART unit is transferred along with it.
3.5.1 SART Status Events with Receive Data (ISAR 34 Host)
The SART receiver status, which is always data related, is passed to the host along with
any data transfer via the mailbox.
The SART status is coded in the CTRL MSB, while the CTRL LSB indicates the number
of data available in the mailbox .
Certain SART receive state changes cause an immediate buffer flush event to the
associated interface buffer, i.e. any time when such a state changes, all data in the
internal FIFO buffer is transfe rred to t he host e ven if th e buffer was not yet f illed up to
the programmed message length.
Most status bits are related to the last databyte of the mailbox (e.g. parity error). Others,
like “frame start” in HDLC mode are related to the first databyte in the mailbox.
If no bit is set, messages of the predefined length are transferred.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 101 02.98
3.5.1.1 SART Status Events with Receive Data - HDLC (ISAR 34 Host)
76543210
DPS MSC MDS
IIS 100000
: :
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MS B FED FSD FAD RER CER NMD
: :
76543210
CTRL LS B NOM
: :
76543210
1. Parameter 1st databyte of the message
: :
76543210
N. Parameter N-th databyte of the message
DPS Datapath selection
01: path 1
10: path 2
11: path 3
A status information is valid, if the corresponding bit is set to ‘1’:
FED Frame End detected
FSD Frame Start detected
FAD Frame Abort detected
RER Residue Error detected
Received data is not multiple of 8 bits.
CER CRC Error detected
Mailbox contains all received data.
NMD No More Data (only valid with fax modulations pump mode)
NMD indicates that the carrier of the remote fax modem is no longer
available.
NOM Number of Valid Bytes in the Mailbox
Indicates the number N of valid data bytes to be read from the mailbox.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 102 02.98
For the “Frame End”-condition, the FCS is contained in the HDLC frame as the last 2
octetts of the message (16 bit FCS).
For all conditions indicated in bit 14 - bit 10 (CTRL MSB), valid data in the buffer is
indicated to the host although the message length may not yet be complete. For short
frames w here the frame le ngth doe s not e xceed the max imum m essag e length (MML),
FED and FSD can be set within one message.
Incomple te HDLC frames indicated i n bit 12 - 10 are availabl e in the mail box includin g
the erroneous data word. However, the host does not need to read such a frame from
the buffer, it can skip this frame by only set ting the ISAR 34 Interrupt Acknowledge b it
(IIA).
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 103 02.98
3.5.1.2 SART Status Events with Receive Data - ASYNC (ISAR 34 Host)
Break End occurs with the first character in the mailbox, which is not valid. If the
message contains more than one character, all characters starting from the second are
valid.
All other status indications (bit 12 - 10) refer to the last character of the message, so the
last character is not valid if one of these bits is set.
76543210
DPS MSC MDS
IIS 100000
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MS B BRE BRS DSD PER
76543210
CTRL LS B NOM
76543210
1. Parameter 1st databyte of the message
76543210
N. Parameter N-th databyte of the message
DPS Datapath selection
01: path 1
10: path 2
Note: ASYNC mode is not defined for path 3.
A status information is valid, if the corresponding bit is set to ‘1’:
BRE Break Signal End detected
BRS Break Signal Start detected
DSD Deleted Stopbit Detected
It is up to the host to decide whether this indicates a frame error or an
allowed stop bit deletion due to overspeed range.
PER Parity Error
NOM Number of Valid Bytes in the Mailbox
Indicates the number N of valid data bytes to be read from the mailbox.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 104 02.98
For all conditions indicated in bit 12 to 10, valid data in the buffer is indicated to the host
although the message length may not yet be complete.
For characters with a length of 5, 6 or 7 bits the parity bit is transferred together with the
character in bit posi tion 5, 6 o r 7 res pec tiv ely (a sum ing th at the first bit is in pos itio n 0).
It is not available for 8 bit characters.
3.5.1.3 SART Status Events with Receive Data - Binary (ISAR 34 Host)
76543210
DPS MSC MDS
IIS 100000
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB –––––––NMD
76543210
CTRL LSB NOM
76543210
1. Parameter 1st databyte of the message
76543210
N. Parameter N-th databyte of the message
DPS Datapath selection
01: path 1
10: path 2
Note: Binary mode is not defined for path 3.
NMD No More Data (only valid with fax modulations pump mode)
NMD = 1 indicates that the carrier of the remote fax modem is no longer
available.
NOM Number of Valid Bytes in the Mailbox
Indicates the number N of valid data bytes to be read from the mailbox.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 105 02.98
3.5.2 SART Control Commands with Transmit Data (Host ISAR 3 4)
The SART transmitter control commands, which are data related, are passed to the
ISAR 34 along with any data transfer via the mailbox.
The SART control command is coded in the CTRL MSB, while the CTRL LSB indicates
the number of data available in the mailbox for transmission.
Messages without data bytes, i.e. messages with CTRL LSB = 0, must not be sent to the
ISAR 34.
3.5.2.1 SART Control Commands with Transmit Data - HDLC (Host ISA R 3 4)
76543210
DPS MSC MDS
HIS 100000
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB 0 FED FST GFA 0 0 0 NMD
76543210
CTRL LS B NOM
76543210
1. Parameter 1st databyte of the message
76543210
N. Parameter N-th databyte of the message
DPS Datapath selection
01: path 1
10: path 2
11: path 3
The control command is valid if the corresponding bit is set to ‘1’:
FED Frame End
The last databyte in the mailbox is indicated as the last of the HDLC
frame.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 106 02.98
For datapath 3 an abort will be gnerated automatically by the ISAR 34 when a data
underrun occurs, i.e. the host has failed to write further D-channel data to the mailbox.
FST Frame Start
The first databyte in the mailbox is indicated as the first of the HDLC
frame.
GFA Generate Frame Abort
Initiates the generation of an abort sequence.
NMD No More Data (only for fax modulations pump mode)
Indicates the end of the data stream and initiates the termination of the
current modulation. NMD has the similar effect as the command
CMD_ESCAPE, the difference is, that NMD will cause the fax pump to
turn off the modulation right after the last valid data and so enable to
cope with timings related to certain protocols.
NMD must not be set, if there is another HDLC frame to be sent right
after the current FED, as this would cause the flag sequence to be turned
off.
After the last message of an HDLC frame has been sent (with FED set),
immediately another separate message with NMD must be issued by the
host, containing one dummy databyte (CTRL LSB = 1), that will be
discarded by the ISAR 34.
Note: NMD is not defined for path 2 and 3.
NOM Number of Valid Bytes in the Mailbox
Indicates the number N of valid data bytes in the mailbox to be
transmitted.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 107 02.98
3.5.2.2 SART Control Commands with Transmit Data - ASYNC (Host ISAR 34)
With SAB a sequence of at least 2M+3 start bits is initiated and SOB enables the host to
generate a variable sequence length. If both, SAB and SOB are set within one message,
a break signal of exactly 2M+3 start bits is generated.
If DSB is set, every 4th or 8th stopbit is omitted as configured in the SART configuration
setup (see chapter 3.4.2).
Setting of V42 causes the generation of 12 stopbits between each character in the
mailbox.
76543210
DPS MSC MDS
HIS 100000
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB 0 0 SOB SAB DSB V42 0 0
76543210
CTRL LS B NOM
76543210
1. Parameter 1st databyte of the message
76543210
N. Parameter N-th databyte of the message
DPS Datapath selection
01: path 1
10: path 2
Note: ASYNC mode is not defined for path 3.
The individual control function is valid if the corresponding bit is set to ‘1’:
SOB Stop Break Signal
SAB Start Break Signal
DSB Delete Stopbits
V42 Generate V42 detect sequence
NOM Number of Valid Bytes in the Mailbox. Indicates the number N of valid
data bytes in the mailbox to be transmitted.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 108 02.98
Bit Alignment
Each of the data bytes written to the mailbox contains one V.14 character with the
configured number of data bits. The character is aligned to the LSB position and the
unused bit positions must be set to ’0’ by the host software. The LSB (bit D0) is
transmitted first in the data stream.
76543210
5 bit length 0 0 0 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
6 bit length 0 0 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
7 bit length 0 D6D5D4D3D2D1D0
8 bit length D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 109 02.98
3.5.2.3 SART Control Commands with Transmit Data - Binary (Host ISA R 34)
..
76543210
DPS MSC MDS
HIS 100000
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB 0000000NMD
76543210
CTRL LS B NOM
76543210
1. Parameter 1st databyte of the message
76543210
N. Parameter N-th databyte of the message
DPS Datapath selection
01: path 1
10: path 2
Note: Binary mode is not defined for path 3.
The control function is valid if the corresponding bit is set to ‘1’:
NMD No More Data (only for fax modulations pump mode)
Indicates the end of the data stream and initiates the termination of the
current modulation. NMD has the similar effect as the command
CMD_ESCAPE, the difference is, that NMD will cause the fax pump to
turn off the modulation right after the last valid data and so enable to
cope with timings related to certain protocols.
After the last message of a binary data stream has been sent,
immediately another separate message with NMD must be issued by the
host, containing one dummy databyte (CTRL LSB = 1), that will be
discarded by the ISAR 34.
NOM Number of Valid Bytes in the Mailbox
Indicates the number N of valid data bytes in the mailbox to be
transmitted.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 110 02.98
3.6 Pump Configuration
3.6.1 Pump Configuration Setup (Host ISAR 34)
The pump is configured by the host. The Host Interrupt Status register (HIS) indicates
that a new pump configuration is available in the mailbox registers.
Important Note:
It is important to note that configuration of the pump will reset the whole data path except
buffer configuration, i.e. any configuration of the SART and IOM-2 is invalid, therefore
the pump should be configured right after buffer configuration and precede SART and
IOM-2 configu r atio n.
The LSB of th e control register holds the number of additional parameter words which
are passe d via the mail box. The maximum number N of parameter words de pends on
the pump path mode.
The mess age cod ing of conf iguration setup for some of the pum p modes is si milar in a
few of the parameters, however the total message coding is described separately for
each of the pump modes which are:
Table 10 Pump Modes
Mode PMOD
Fax modulations
Datamodem modulations
Halfduplex modulations
V.110
•DTMF
•Bypass
001
010
011
100
101
111
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 111 02.98
As the modulation based pump modes (PMOD = 001, 010, 011) are not available in
datapath 2, the second channel must not be configured to these pump modes.
The table below shows to which of the pump modes datapath 2 can be configured.
Important Note:
It is important to note that datapath 2 must not be configured to V.110 if path 1 is
configured to datamodem modulations at the same time.
Table 11 Pump Modes in Path 1 and 2
Datapath 1 (DPS = 01) Datapath 2 (DPS = 10)
Fax modulat ions
Datamodem modulations
Halfduplex modulations
V.110 V.110 (see note)
DTMF
Bypass Bypass
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 112 02.98
3.6.1.1 Pump Configuration Setup - Fax Modulations (Host ISAR 34)
76543210
DPS MSC MDS
HIS 01100110
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB OAM 0 0 0 PMOD
76543210
CTRL LSB 4
76543210
1. Parameter 0 0 0 0 0 ATN 0 CTN
76543210
2. Parameter 0 0 0 TOA
76543210
3. Parameter CODD
76543210
4. Parameter CLDD
OAM Originating/Answering Mode
00: reserved
01: Pump is set to answering mode
10: Pump is set to originating mode
11: reserved
PMOD Pump path mode select
000: Disable all (no mailb ox entry )
001: Fax modulations
010: Datamodem modulations
011: Halfduplex modulations
100: V.110
101: DTMF
111: Bypass
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 113 02.98
ATN Answer Tone
Enables or disables the generation of an answer tone when fax
procedures are performed.
0: Answer tone is disabled
1: Answer tone is enabled
CTN Calling Tone
Enables or disables the generation of a calling tone when fax procedures
are performed.
0: Calling Tone is disabled
1: Calling Tone is enabled
TOA Transmitter Output Attenuation
0: 0 db
1: 1 db
: :
31: 31 db
Recommended value (if not otherwise specified): 6db.
CODD ... Carrier On Detect Duration
0 - 253: This parameter specifies a time length in 100 ms units.
Carrier On (RLSD ON) is signaled after a continuous carrier
detection of the programmed time span.
254, 255: reserved
Recommended value (if not otherwise specified): 6 (600 ms)
CLDD ... Carrier Loss Detect Duration
This parameter specifies a time length in 100 ms units.
0 - 253: Carrier Off (RLSD OFF) is signaled after a continuous carrier
loss of the programmed time span.
254, 255: reserved
Recommended value (if not otherwise specified): 14 (1400 ms)
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 114 02.98
3.6.1.2 Pump Configuration Setup - Datamodem Modulations (Host ISAR 34)
76543210
DPS MSC MDS
HIS 01100110
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB OAM 0 0 0 PMOD
76543210
CTRL LSB 11
7 6543210
1. Parameter 0 0 V22B 0 V22 0 V21 BEL
7 6543210
2. Parameter AMOD V8 0 0 0 V34 V32 V23
7 6543210
3. Parameter V32R (LSB)
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
4. Parameter V32R (MSB)
7 6543210
5. Parameter V34R (LSB)
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
6. Parameter V34R (MSB)
7 6543210
7. Parameter 0 0 0 0 GTS ATN CTN
7 6543210
8. Parameter 00000000
7 6543210
9. Parameter 0 0 0 TOA
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 115 02.98
10
10. Parameter CODD
7 6543210
11. Parameter CLDD
OAM Originating/Answering Mode
00: reserved
01: Pump is set to answering mode
10: Pump is set to originating mode
11: reserved
PMOD Pump path mode select
000: Disable all (no mailbox entry)
001: Fax modulations
010: Datamodem modulatio ns
011: Halfduplex modulations
100: V.110
101: DTMF
111: Bypass
V22B V.22bis, 2400 bit/s
0: is not permitted
1: is permitted
V22 V.22/Bell 212, 1200 bit/s
0: is not permitted
1: is permitted
V21 V.21/Bell 103, 300 bit/s
0: is not permitted
1: is permitted
BEL Bell 103, 202 and 212 select
BEL selects whether in parameters V21, V22 and V23 the V.xx or the
Bell xxx modu lat ion is sele cted.
0: Bell modulation is not permitted
1: Bell modulation is permitted
AMOD Automode operation according to EIA/TIA PN-2330
0: is disabled
1: is enabled
7 6543210
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 116 02.98
V8 V.8 negotiation
0: is disabled
1: is enabled
V34 V.34 modulation
0: is not permitted
1: is permitted
V32 V.32bis modulation
0: is not permitted
1: is permitted
V23 V.23/Bell 202, 1200 bit/s /75 bit/s
0: is not permitted
1: is permitted
V32R V.32/V.32bis available rates
V32R determines the rate signal (specified in ITU V.32bis) that is used
in the start-up, retrain and renegotiate procedures. The coding is the
same as in the above mentioned recommendation, however some of the
most commonly used codings are given below.
0000 0101 0001 0001: V.32, 4800 bit/s
0000 1101 0001 0001: V.32, up to 4800 bit/s
0000 0011 0001 0001: V.32, 9600 bit/s
0000 1111 0001 0001: V.32, up to 9600 bit/s
0000 1001 1101 0001: V.32bis, 7200 bit/s
0000 1101 1101 0001: V.32bis, up to 7200 bit/s
0000 1011 1001 0001: V.32bis, 9600 bit/s
0000 1111 1101 0001: V.32bis, up to 9600 bit/s
0000 1001 1011 0001: V.32bis, 12000 bit/s
0000 1111 1111 0001: V.32bis, up to 12000 bit/s
0000 1001 1001 1001: V.32bis, 14400 bit/s
0000 1111 1111 1001: V.32bis, up to 14400 bit/s
V34R V.34 available rates
V.34R determines the data rates which are permitted for both receive
and transmit directions. A specific data rate is selected by a ’1’ in the
corresponding bit position (unit is kbit/s). Any combination of the data
rates is allowed:
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
V.34R-LSB: 19.2 16.8 14.4 12.0 9.6 7.2 4.8 2.4
V.34R-MSB: 0 0 33.6 31.2 28.8 26.4 24.0 21.6
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 117 02.98
The select ion of the mo dulatio n sch eme is con t ai ned from the 1s t to the 6th parameter.
If automode is selected, any modulation which is masked (set to “0”) in one of the
parameters, is not tested/used in automode operation. For non-automode the permitted
modulation parameters are used to select the data modulation. If more than one
modulation is permitted, the highest possible data rate is selected.
The 8th parameter is reserved for further use and must be set to ’0’.
GTS Guard Tone Select (for V.22/V.22bis)
00: Guard tone disabled
01: 550 Hz guard tone enabled
10, 11: reserved
ATN V.25 answer tone
0: disabled
1: enabled
CTN CTN V.25 calling tone
0: disabled
1: enabled
TOA Transmitter Output Attenuation
0: 0 db
1: 1 db
: :
31: 31 db
Recommended value (if not otherwise specified): 6db
CODD ... Carrier On Detect Duration
0 - 253: This parameter specifies a time length in 100 ms units.
Carrier On (RLSD ON) is signaled after a continuous carrier
detection of the programmed time span.
254, 255: reserved
Recommended value (if not otherwise specified): 6 (600 ms)
CLDD ... Carrier Loss Detect Duration
This parameter specifies a time length in 100 ms units.
0 - 253: Carrier Off (RLSD OFF) is signaled after a continuous carrier
loss of the programmed time span.
254, 255: reserved
Recommended value (if not otherwise specified): 14 (1400 ms)
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 118 02.98
3.6.1.3 Pump Configuration Setup - Halfduplex Modulations (Host ISAR 34)
76543210
DPS MSC MDS
HIS 01100110
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB OAM 0 0 0 PMOD
76543210
CTRL LSB 5
76543210
1. Parameter V17C V17D V29A V29B V29C V27A V27B V21
76543210
2. Parameter 0 0 0 EPT 0 0 V17A V17B
76543210
3. Parameter 0 0 0 TOA
76543210
4. Parameter CODD
76543210
5. Parameter CLDD
OAM Originating/Answering Mode
00: reserved
01: Pump is receiving only
10: Pump is transmitting only
11: reserved
PMOD Pump path mode select
000: Disable all (no mailb ox entry )
001: Fax modulations
010: Datamodem modulations
011: Halfduplex modulations
100: V.110
101: DTMF
111: Bypass
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 119 02.98
V17C V.17, 9600 bit/s
0: is disabled
1: is enabled
V17D V.17, 7200 bit/s
0: is disabled
1: is enabled
V29A V.29, 9600 bit/s
0: is disabled
1: is enabled
V29B V.29, 7200 bit/s
0: is disabled
1: is enabled
V29C V.29, 4800 bit/s
0: is disabled
1: is enabled
V27A V.27ter, 4800 bit/s
0: is disabled
1: is enabled
V27B V.27ter, 2400 bit /s
0: is disabled
1: is enabled
V21 V.21 Channel 2, 300 bit/s
0: is disabled
1: is enabled
EPT Echo Protector Tone
0: is disabled
1: is enabled
V17A V.17, 14400 bit/s
0: is disabled
1: is enabled
V17B V.17, 12000 bit/s
0: is disabled
1: is enabled
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 120 02.98
The selection of the modulation scheme is contained in the 1st and 2nd parameter. If
more than one modulation is enabled, the highest data rate is selected.
TOA Transmitter Output Attenuation
0: 0 db
1: 1 db
: :
31: 31 db
Recommended value (if not otherwise specified): 6 db.
CODD ... Carrier On Detect Duration
0 - 253: This parameter specifies a time length in 100 ms units.
Carrier On (RLSD ON) is signaled after a continuous carrier
detection of the programmed time span.
254, 255: reserved
Recommended value (if not otherwise specified): 6 (600 ms)
CLDD ... Carrier Loss Detect Duration
This parameter specifies a time length in 100 ms units.
0 - 253: Carrier Off (RLSD OFF) is signaled after a continuous carrier
loss of the programmed time span.
254, 255: reserved
Recommended value (if not otherwise specified): 14 (1400 ms)
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 121 02.98
3.6.1.4 Pump Configuration Setup - V.110 (Host ISAR 34)
76543210
DPS MSC MDS
HIS 100110
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB 00000 PMOD
76543210
CTRL LS B 2
76543210
1. Parameter VDR
76543210
2. Parameter 0000000FCT
DPS Datapath selection
01: path 1
10: path 2
PMOD Pump path mode select
000: Disable all (no mailbox entry)
001: Fax modulations
010: Datamodem modulations
011: Halfduplex modulations
100: V.110
101: DTMF
111: Bypass
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 122 02.98
Important Note:
In contras t to the recommende d initiali sati on procedu re d esc ribe d in chapter 3.1.4, the
sequence for configuration w ith pump mode V.110 is slightly diffe rent than for all ot her
modes: If the pump should operate in V.110 mode, the IOM-2 interface must be
configured as the last fu nct ional b lock, i .e. the s equenc e for co nfig uration s etup s hould
be
1. Buffer configuration
2. Pump configuration (V.110)
3. SA RT confi guration
4. IOM-2 configuration
VDR V.110 Data Rate
3: 600 bit/s
4: 1200 bit/s
5: 2400 bit/s
6: 4800 bit/s
8: 9600 bit/s
12: 19200 bit/s
20: 38400 bit/s
21: 48000 bit/s
22: 56000 bit/s (default)
23: 56000 bit/s (alternative)
24: 64000 bit/s
The default and alternative adaptation of 56 kbit/s to 64 kbit/s are
specified in the ITU-T V.110 recommendation.
FCT Flow Control (X-bits)
0: disabled
1: enabled
If enabled, the received X-bits are evaluated by the pump control and
data from the mailbox is not forwarded to the SART unit for transmission
if indicated by the remote side. Additionally, the X-bit change is indicated
to the host by means of status events.
Flow control is only supported for SART mode V.14.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 123 02.98
3.6.1.5 Pump Configuration Setup - DTMF (Host ISAR 34)
76543210
DPS MSC MDS
HIS 01100110
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB DDIR 0 0 0 PMOD
76543210
CTRL LS B 6
76543210
1. Parameter REL
76543210
2. Parameter TW_LSB
76543210
3. Parameter TW_MSB
76543210
4. Parameter DON
76543210
5. Parameter DOFF
76543210
6. Parameter 0 0 0 TOA
DDIR ... DTMF Direction Control
00: reserved
01: DTMF transmitter active (no transfer of user data)
10: DTMF receiver active (during transfer of user data)
11: DTMF receiver and transmitter active (not supported in this version)
Transfer of user data is performed while a DTMF detector is active
(DDIR=10). In order to transmit DTMF tones the pump must temporarily
be configured to "DTMF transmitter active" (DDIR=01) and then
reconfigured to "DTMF receiver active" (PMOD=10) again.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 124 02.98
PMOD Pump path mode select
000: Disable all (no mailb ox entry )
001: Fax modulations
010: Datamodem modulations
011: Halfduplex modulations
100: V.110
101: DTMF
111: Bypass
REL Rejection Level (valid for DTMF receiver)
A DTMF signal level which is below REL is not detected by the DTMF
receiver. The table for all possible REL values is given below:
0: 0 dBm
1: – 1 dBm
2: – 2 dBm
3: – 3 dBm
: :
: :
93: – 93 dBm
The unit dBm is given with respect to full scale.
It is not recommended to use values above 93.
Recommended value (if not otherwise specified): 28H = 40D (– 40 dBm)
TW Twist (TW_MSB, TW_LSB; valid for DTMF receiver)
A DTMF tone consists of two tones with different frequency which have
a signal level that can vary from another. The parameter Twist defines
the difference in level between both frequencies that is accepted by the
ISAR 34. The ISAR 34 will not detect a DTMF tone if the corresponding
level difference of the received frequencies is greater than Twist.
The parameter TW (= TW_MSB, TW_LSB) is calculated according to the
following equation, Twist is the required level difference (to be inserted
without its unit dBm):
The unit dBm is given with respect to full scale.
Recommended value (if not otherwise specified):
1214H = 4628D (8 dBm)
TW 215 10 Twist 0 5,+
10
------------------------------
×=
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 125 02.98
In DTMF receive mode the octets received from the IOM-2 timeslot are passed
transparently through the pump without data formatting, similar to bypass mode.
The DTMF recei ver is active to detect DTMF tones in the received data stre am and to
indicate received DTMF digits to the host. The DTMF receiver interprets the octets
received from the IOM-2 timeslot as A-law or µ-law PCM samples, depending on the
IOM-2 configuration.
In transmit direction us er d ata co ming from the SAR T i s forw arde d s im ilar as in b ypa ss
mode, i.e. without formatting in the pump. Additionally DTMF tones can be generated by
the pump which is transmitted to the IOM-2. DTMF tone generation is performed by the
host via DTMF specific pump control commands
DON ... DTMF ON Duration (valid for DTMF transmitter)
Defines the length of generated DTMF tones (coding see DOFF).
DOFF ... DTMF OFF Duration (valid for DTMF transmitter)
A generated DTMF tone is subsequently followed by a signal pause. The
length of this "no signal" phase is defined by DOFF.
0: (not to be used)
1: 1 ms
2: 2 ms
: :
254: 254 ms
255: 255 ms
The coding (given in decimal notation) is equal for DON and DOFF.
Recommended value (if not otherwise specified): 80 ms (for both)
TOA ... Transmitter Output Attenuation (valid for DTMF transmitter)
0: 0 db
1: 1 db
: :
31: 31 db
Recommended value (if not otherwise specified): 6 db.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 126 02.98
3.6.1.6 Pump Configuration Setup - Bypass Mode (Host ISAR 34)
76543210
DPS MSC MDS
HIS 100110
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB 0 0 0 DPW 0 PMOD
76543210
CTRL LSB 0
DPS Datapath selection
01: path 1
10: path 2
DPW Data Path Width
0: pump data path is 8 bit
1: pump data path is 16 bit
PMOD Pump path mode select
000: Disable all (no mailb ox entry )
001: Fax modulations
010: Datamodem modulations
011: Halfduplex modulations
100: V.110
101: DTMF
111: Bypass
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 127 02.98
3.6.2 Pump Control Command (Host ISAR 34)
Control commands for the datapump are related to path 1 or path 2. For D-channel
access via path 3 no pump is used, howeve r commands to control the C/I-channel are
coded with pump message codings.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 128 02.98
3.6.2.1 Pump Control Command - Fax Modulations (Host ISAR 34)
or
76543210
DPS MSC MDS
HIS 01101010
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB 0
76543210
CTRL LSB NOM
76543210
1. Parameter FCMDL
76543210
2. Parameter FCMDH
76543210
3. Parameter MODC
76543210
3. Parameter SLD
FCMD Fax Command (FCMDH, FCMDL)
Contains one of the following fax commands which are described in
detail further down below. Two (FCMDL and FCMDH) or three (FCMDL,
FCMDH and MODC or SLD) additional parameter must be written to the
mailbox.
00A7h: CMD_FTH (NOM = 3, 3rd Parameter: MODC)
00A5h: CMD_FRH (NOM = 3, 3rd Parameter: MODC)
00A8h: CMD_FTM (NOM = 3, 3rd Parameter: MODC)
00A6h: CMD_FRM (NOM = 3, 3rd Parameter: MODC)
00ACh: CMD_SIL_DET_ON (NOM = 3, 3rd Parameter: SLD)
00A2h: CMD_CONTINUE (NOM = 2)
00A4h: CMD__ESCAPE (NOM = 2)
00ABh: CMD_SIL_DET_OFF (NOM = 2)
00A9h: CMD_HALT (NOM = 2)
NOM Number of additional parameters in the mailbox
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 129 02.98
The fax contro l comma nds of t he ISAR 34 are focu sed on the fa x clas s 1 stan dard, i.e.
the commands have the same function as decribed therein.
As for none of the other operation modes, the fax mode does not require a
reprogramming of the complete data path when switching from HDLC formatted low
speed data modulation (V.21Ch2) to unformatted high speed data modulation (V.17,
V.29, V.27ter) and vice versa. Instead, by simply issuing a fax control command, both
SART (binary or HDLC framing) and pump (V.21Ch2, V.17, ...) are reprogrammed
without affecting other configuration settings.
MODC Modulation Code
This parameter indicates the particular facsimile modulation and speed
selected for the next procedure.
3: 300 bit/s (V.21 Ch2)
24: 2400 bit/s (V.27ter)
48: 4800 bit/s (V.27ter)
72: 7200 bit/s (V.29)
73: 7200 bit/s (V.17)
74: 7200 bit/s (V.17 with short train)
96: 9600 bit/s (V.29)
97: 9600 bit/s (V.17)
98: 9600 bit/s (V.17 with short train)
121: 12000 bit/s (V.17)
122: 12000 bit/s (V.17 with short train)
145: 14400 bit/s (V.17)
146: 14400 bit/s (V.17 with short train)
SLD Silence Duration
This parameter determines the silence detect duration associated with
the wait for silence procedure.
0: 0
1: 10 ms
2: 20 ms
: :
255: 2550 ms
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 130 02.98
Fax Command description:
:
CMD_FTH Starts transmission of HDLC frames.
The additional parameter MODC (NOM = 3) contains the
modulation mode at which data is to be transmitted.
CMD_FRH Starts reception of HDLC frames.
The additional parameter MODC (NOM = 3) contains the
modulation mode at which data is to be received.
CMD_FTM Starts transmission of binary data.
The additional parameter MODC (NOM = 3) contains the
modulation mode at which data is to be transmitted.
CMD_FRM Starts reception of binary data.
The additional parameter MODC (NOM = 3) contains the
modulation mode at which data is to be received.
CMD_SIL_DET_ON Starts to wait a determined length of time.
The additional parameter SLD (NOM = 3) contains the silence
duration which has to be waited.
CMD_CONTINUE Handshake message from the host to indicate that the host is
ready to do the task (transmit/receive) which it selected before.
CMD_ESCAPE This command is a regular escape in receive modes and a
break in transmit modes.
CMD_SIL_DET_OFF Break of silence detection.
CMD_HALT Shut down from fax pump idle state.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 131 02.98
3.6.2.2 Pump Control Command - Datamodem Modulations (Host ISAR 34)
Command description:
:
3.6.2.3 Pump Control Command - Halfduplex Modulations (Host ISAR 34)
There are no control commands defined for this mode.
76543210
DPS MSC MDS
HIS 01101010
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MS B 0
76543210
CTRL LS B 2
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
1. Parameter DCMDL
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
2. Parameter DCMDH
DCMD Datamodem Command (DCMDH, DCMDL)
Contains one of the following datamodem commands, which are mainly
used for debug purposes:
00CEh: LOCAL_RENEGOTIATE (only for V.34bis and V.32bis)
00CFh: LOCAL_RETRAIN (only for V.34bis, V.32bis,
V.32 and V.22bis)
LOCAL_RENEGOTIATE Initiates a V.34bis or V.32bis renegotiation, respectively.
LOCAL_RETRAIN Initiates a V.34bis, V.32bis, V.32 or V.22bis retrain,
respectively (depending on the selected modulation
scheme).
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 132 02.98
3.6.2.4 Pump Control Command - V.110 (Host ISAR 34)
or
or
or
or
or
76543210
DPS MSC MDS
HIS 101010
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB 0
76543210
CTRL LSB 3
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
1. Parameter VCMDL
76543210
2. Parameter VCMDH
76543210
3. Parameter (01F0h)000000 CCT
76543210
3. Parameter (01F1h)0000XSBSA1SA0
76543210
3. Parameter (01F2h) 0 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7
76543210
3. Parameter (01F3h) FRC
76543210
3. Parameter (01F4h) 1
76543210
3. Parameter (01F5h) ROF0 ROF1 RON1 ROFX RONX
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 133 02.98
DPS Datapath selection
01: path 1
10: path 2
VCMD V.110 Command (VCMDH, VCMDL)
Contains one of the V.110 commands listed below. A third parameter
must be written to the mailbox which is different for each of the
commands.
01F0h: Clamp Control
According to the parameter CCT either user data (CCT=00),
0-bits (CCT=01) or 1-bits (CCT=11) are transmitted.
01F1h: Set S-,X-bits (for transmitter)
The S- and X-bit setting is defined in the 3. parameter.
01F2h: Set E-bits (for transmitter)
The E-bit setting is defined in the 3. parameter.
01F3h: Delay of synchronisation (for receiver)
By default, frame synchronisation is achieved with the first
V.110 frame that is received correctly.
This command tells the pump control the number of V.110
frames which must be received correctly before
synchronisation is achieved. The 3. parameter defines this
number in the range 01h - FFh.
01F4h: Enable mailbox buffer empty indication (for transmitter)
If enabled, the ISAR 34 will release a status event to the host
as soon as the last data in the mailbox buffer is transmitted
and the host can set control bits after the last valid data has
been transmitted. The status event will only be released once
for a buffer empty condition, for a further state transition from
“not empty” to “empty”, the indication has to be reenabled
again. The 3. parameter must be set to ’1’.
01F5h: Enable / Disable DTE control messages
A status change of the remote DTE is can be indicated to
the host by status events (NOM = 0). The host can select the
type of status events to be received by enabling (’1’) or
disabling the corresponding flag in the 3. parameter.
For the V.110 commands “Set clamp to 0/1” (VCMD = 11h/13h) data
must not be entered to the mailbox for transmission. If a clamp is set and
continuous 0-bits or 1-bits are transmitted, mailbox data will be
discarded by the ISAR 34.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 134 02.98
The value 0 or 1 for each control bit below is directly written to the corresponding bit
position within the V.110 frame:
:
NOM Number of additional parameters in the mailbox
For some of the commands one additional parameter must be written to
the mailbox .
CCT Clamp Control (required for command 01F0h)
00: Clamp disabled (user data is transmitted)
01: Clamp zero (0-bits are transmitted)
11: Clamp one (1-bits are transmitted)
X X-bit (required for command 01F1h)
SB S4-, S9-bit (required for command 01F1h)
SA1 S3-, S8-bit (required for command 01F1h)
SA0 S1-, S6-bit (required for command 01F1h)
E1-7 E1-, .. E7-bit (required for command 01F2h)
For the 600 bit/s data rate bit E7 is don’t care in the message coding, but
is controlled by the pump for multiframe synchronisation.
FRC Frame Counter (required for command 01F3h)
Denotes the number of V.110 frames that must be received correctly in
order to achieve synchronism, e.g. if FRC = 3, three frames must be
received correctly, before data is transferred to the receive buffer.
ROF0, ROF1, RON1, ROFX, RONX ... Mask remote DTE status indication
(required for command 01F5h)
Indication of corresponding remote DTE status is
0: disabled
1: enabled
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 135 02.98
3.6.2.5 Pump Control Command - DTMF (Host ISAR 34)
76543210
DPS MSC MDS
HIS 01101010
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MS B 0
76543210
CTRL LS B NOM
76543210
1. Parameter DCMDL
76543210
2. Parameter DCMDH
76543210
3. Parameter TDIG
DCMD Dial Command (DCMDH, DCMDL)
005Ah: Transmit DTMF digit (contained in 3. Parameter, NOM=3)
all other codes not supported
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 136 02.98
It should be noted that the IOM-2 interface must be configured with rate conversion
enabled before any DTMF digits can be transmitted.
3.6.2.6 Pump Control Command - Bypass Mode (Host ISAR 34)
There are no control commands defined for this mode.
TDIG Transmit DTMF Digit
10h: ‘0’
11h: ‘1’
12h: ‘2’
13h: ‘3’
14h: ‘4’
15h: ‘5’
16h: ‘6’
17h: ‘7’
18h: ‘8’
19h: ‘9’
1Ah: ‘A’
1Bh: ‘B’
1Ch: ‘C’
1Dh: ‘D’
1Eh:
1Fh: ‘#’
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 137 02.98
3.6.2.7 Pump Control Command - C/I-Channel (Host ISAR 34)
76543210
DPS MSC MDS
HIS 11101010
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MS B CIC
76543210
CTRL LS B 0
CIC C/I-channel Command
Contains one of the following control commands for the C/I-channel. The
function depends on whether D-channel access is configured with or
without TIC bus access (IOM-2 configuration setup):
TIC bus disabled (IOM-2 configuration setup: TIC=0):
8Mh: Transmit C/I code M permanently
This C/I code (coding is included in the low nibble M) is continuously
transmitted on the C/I-channel without any mechanism for bus
arbitration, i.e. bus access bit BAC and TIC bus address TAD are not
evaluated.
TIC bus enabled (IOM-2 configuration setup: TIC=1):
8Mh: Transmit C/I code M (no TIC bus access)
This C/I code (coding is included in the low nibble M) is continuously
transmitted on the C/I-channel if no TIC bus access is requested by the
ISAR 34 and as long as BAC=1 ("bus free") and TAD=111 (TIC bus
address with lowest priority).
Once another device gains TIC bus access, the C/I code M is no longer
transmitted and the value 1111B is transmitted on the C/I-channel by the
ISAR 34.
If the ISAR 34 gains TIC bus access, the C/I code N (see below) is
transmitted.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 138 02.98
Important Note:
Before enabling the C/I-channel (IOM-2 configuration setup with CED=1), both C/I codes
(contained in CIC=8Mh and 9Nh) must be programmed to ensure the right values are
written to the C/I-channel from the beginning.
9Nh: Transmit C/I code N (TIC bus access)
This C/I code (coding is included in the low nibble N) is transmitted on
the C/I-channel if the TIC bus was accessed successfully (i.e. TIC bus
access mechanism is used by writing and reading back TAD and
evaluating BAC).
The command A0h is independent of TIC bus configuration:
A0h: Request for Current C/I Code
The host requests the ISAR 34 to read the current value on the C/I-
channel. Generally, subsequent C/I codes detected by the ISAR 34 are
passed to the host in the sequence as they occured.
The command A0h does not break this sequence. It forces the ISAR 34
to read the current value (even if there’s no C/I code change) and
forward it to the buffer.
C/I codes are always read according to the "double last look" criterion,
i.e. C/I codes are only accepted as valid if two consecutive values are
identical.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 139 02.98
3.7 Pump Status
3.7.1 Pump Status Request (Host ISAR 34)
A status register which holds the current status of the data pump path is available on
request.
The pump statu s request is fully specified with the H ost Interrupt Stat us register (HIS).
The mailbox control register is not used and must be written to 0.
76543210
DPS MSC MDS
HIS 001110
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MS B 0
76543210
CTRL LS B 0
DPS Datapath selection
01: path 1
10: path 2
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 140 02.98
3.7.2 Pump Status Response (ISAR 34 Ho s t )
3.7.2.1 Pump Status Response - Fax Modulations (ISAR 34 Host)
76543210
DPS MSC MDS
IIS 01101110
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB OAM 0 0 0 PMOD
76543210
CTRL LSB 2
76543210
1. Parameter RIL
76543210
2. Parameter RIM
OAM Originating/Answering Mode
00: reserved
01: Pump is in answering mode
10: Pump is in originating mode
11: reserved
PMOD Selected pump path mode
000: Disable all (no mailb ox entry )
001: Fax modulations
010: Datamodem modulations
011: Halfduplex modulations
100: V.110
101: DTMF
111: Bypass
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 141 02.98
RIL Rate Index - LSB
RIL contains the data rate at which the pump is currently operating.
0: no speed defined
2: 300 bit/s
5: 2400 bit/s
6: 4800 bit/s
7: 7200 bit/s
8: 9600 bit/s
9: 12000 bit/s
10: 14400 bit/s
RIM Rate Index - MSB
RIL contains the modulation scheme at which the pump is currently
operating, the specific data rate is given in RIL. If RIM is 0, the preceding
pump configuration setup was not successful.
0: no modulation scheme configured
21h: V.21 asynchronous (FSK V.14 mode)
27h: V.17
28h: V.29
2Ch: V.27ter
All other codes not supported.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 142 02.98
3.7.2.2 Pump Status Response - Datamodem Modulations (ISAR 34 Hos t )
76543210
DPS MSC MDS
IIS 01101110
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB OAM 0 0 0 PMOD
76543210
CTRL LSB 5
76543210
1. Parameter RIL
76543210
2. Parameter RIM
76543210
3. Parameter RIT
76543210
4. Parameter RRT LRT RRP CON NEG
76543210
5. Parameter CLD RTY TMO RRN LRN
OAM Originating/Answering Mode
00: reserved
01: Pump is in answering mode
10: Pump is in originating mode
11: reserved
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 143 02.98
PMOD Selected pump path mode
000: Disable all (no mailbox entry)
001: Fax modulations
010: Datamodem modulatio ns
011: Halfduplex modulations
100: V.110
101: DTMF
111: Bypass
RIL Rate Index - LSB
RIL contains the data rate at which the pump is currently operating
(same data rate in receive and transmit direction). For an asymmetrical
data rate, RIL indicates the receive data rate.
0: no speed defined
1: 75 bit/s
2: 300 bit/s
3: 600 bit/s
4: 1200 bit/s
5: 2400 bit/s
6: 4800 bit/s
7: 7200 bit/s
8: 9600 bit/s
9: 12000 bit/s
10: 14400 bit/s
11: 16800 bit/s
12: 19200 bit/s
13: 21600 bit/s
14: 24000 bit/s
15: 26400 bit/s
16: 28800 bit/s
17: 31200 bit/s
18: 33600 bit/s
All other codes not supported.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 144 02.98
RIM Rate Index - MSB
RIM contains the modulation scheme at which the pump is currently
operating, the specific data rate is given in RIL. If RIM is 0, the preceding
pump configuration setup was not successful.
0: no modulation sch eme config ured
02h: V.22
09h: V.32
0Ah: V.32bis
0Bh: V.34
11h: V.21 asynchronous (FSK V. 14 mode )
14h: V.23
27h: V.27ter
28h: V.29
2Ch: V.17
51h: Bell 103
54h: Bell 202
All other codes not supported.
RIT Rate Index - Transmit Direction
RIT is only valid for V.34 modulation. It contains the data rate in transmit
direction.
0: no speed defined
5: 2400 bit/s
6: 4800 bit/s
7: 7200 bit/s
8: 9600 bit/s
9: 12000 bit/s
10: 14400 bit/s
11: 16800 bit/s
12: 19200 bit/s
13: 21600 bit/s
14: 24000 bit/s
15: 26400 bit/s
16: 28800 bit/s
17: 31200 bit/s
18: 33600 bit/s
All other codes not supported.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 145 02.98
The status information is valid, if the corresponding bit is set:
RRT Remote Retr ain
The pump is in a retrain phase that is initiated by the remote station.
LRT Local Retrain
The pump is in a retrain phase that is initiated by the local station.
RRP Retrain / Renegotiate Phase
The pump is in a retrain or renegotiate phase. More details are contained
in the status bits RRT, LRT, RRN and LRN.
CON Connection
The pump has established a logical connection to the remote subscriber,
i.e. it has passed the training phase and will continue with data
transmission/reception.
NEG Negotiation
The pump is in the first training phase to establish the modulation.
CLD Cleardown
This bit is set if there is a reason to terminate and restart the modulation.
A reason could be a rate signal without any permitted data rate or a
timeout condition for bulk delay (together with setting of TMO).
RTY Retry
During training phase the remote station has requested for a retrain
(V.32bis only).
TMO Timeout
During training phase the timing conditions for bulk delay were violated.
RRN Remote Renegotiation
The pump is in a renegotiate phase that is initiated by the remote station.
LRN Local Renegotiation
The pump is in a renegotiate phase that is initiated by the local station.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 146 02.98
3.7.2.3 Pump Status Response - Halfduplex Modulations (ISAR 34 Hos t )
76543210
DPS MSC MDS
IIS 01101110
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB OAM 0 0 0 PMOD
76543210
CTRL LSB 2
76543210
1. Parameter RIL
76543210
2. Parameter RIM
OAM Originating/Answering Mode
00: not used
01: Pump is receiving only
10: Pump is transmitting only
11: not used
PMOD Selected pump path mode
000: Disable all (no mailb ox entry )
001: Fax modulations
010: Datamodem modulations
011: Halfduplex modulations
100: V.110
101: DTMF
111: Bypass
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 147 02.98
RIL Rate Index - LSB
RIL contains the data rate at which the pump is currently operating.
0: no speed defined
2: 300 bit/s
5: 2400 bit/s
6: 4800 bit/s
7: 7200 bit/s
8: 9600 bit/s
9: 12000 bit/s
10: 14400 bit/s
All other codes not supported.
RIM Rate Index - MSB
RIL contains the modulation scheme at which the pump is currently
operating, the specific data rate is given in RIL. If RIM is 0, the preceding
pump configuration setup was not successful.
0: no modulation scheme configured
21h: V.21 asynchronous (FSK V.14 mode)
27h: V.27ter
28h: V.29
2Ch: V.17
All other codes not supported.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 148 02.98
3.7.2.4 Pump Status Response - V.110 (ISAR 34 Host)
76543210
DPS MSC MDS
IIS 101110
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB 00000 PMOD
76543210
CTRL LSB 6
76543210
1. Parameter RIL
76543210
2. Parameter RIM
76543210
3. Parameter ROF0 ROF1 RON1 ROFX RONX
76543210
4. Parameter ––––XSBSA1SA0
76543210
5. Parameter E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7
76543210
6. Parameter FRC
DPS Datapath selection
01: path 1
10: path 2
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 149 02.98
PMOD Selected pump path mode
000: Disable all (no mailbox entry)
001: Fax modulations
010: Datamodem modulations
011: Halfduplex modulations
100: V.110
101: DTMF
111: Bypass
RIL Rate Index - LSB
RIL contains the data rate at which the pump is currently operating.
0: no speed defined
3: 600 bit/s
4: 1200 bit/s
5: 2400 bit/s
6: 4800 bit/s
8: 9600 bit/s
12: 19200 bit/s
20: 38400 bit/s
21: 48000bit/s
22: 56000 bit/s (default)
23: 56000 bit/s (alternative)
24: 64000 bit/s
All other codes not supported.
RIL = 0 is indicated in V.110 mode if not synchronised.
RIM Rate Index - MSB
RIL contains the modulation scheme at which the pump is currently
operating, the specific data rate is given in RIL. If RIM is 0, the preceding
pump configuration setup was not successful, e.g. a wrong data rate was
selected for V.110.
0: no modulation scheme configured
C0h: V.110
All other codes not supported.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 150 02.98
Note:
X
= Don’t care
The followi ng paramete rs con tain the val ue for each X-, S- and E-bit, which is cu rrentl y
received:
ROF0, ROF1, RON1, ROFX, RONX Remote DTE status
Contains information about the status of the remote DTE. The received
D- and SA-bits are sampled and compared against different possibilities.
A status change is detected by a match of the comparison and indicated
by setting the bits as shown below. Several bits in the parameter can be
set simultaneously depending on the sampled data, e.g. if ROF0 is set,
ROFX will be set, too.
It should be noted, that the status response is not data related, i.e. it
contains the remote status that is currently received.
Status Status Name Sampled Data
ROF0 Remote (0, OFF) D
SA 00000000 00000000
11111111 11111111
ROF1 Remote (1, OFF) D
SA 11111111 11111111
11111111 11111111
RON1 Remote (1, ON) D
SA 11111111 11111111
00000000 00000000
ROFX Remote (X, OFF) D
SA XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
11111111 11111111
RONX Remote (X, ON) D
SA XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
00000000 00000000
X X-bit
SB S4-, S9-bit
SA1 S3-, S8-bit
SA0 S1-, S6-bit
E1-E7 E1-bit - E7-bit
For the 600 bit/s data rate bit E7 is always set to 1.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 151 02.98
FRC Frame Counter for delay of synchronisation
Denotes the actual number of frames that must be received correctly in
order to achieve synchronism, e.g. if FRC = 3, three frames have to be
received correctly, before data is transferred to the receive buffer.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 152 02.98
3.7.2.5 Pump Status Response - DTMF (ISAR 34 Host)
76543210
DPS MSC MDS
IIS 01101110
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB DDIR 0 0 0 PMOD
76543210
CTRL LSB 2
76543210
1. Parameter RIL
76543210
2. Parameter RIM
DDIR ... DTMF Direction Control
00: reserved
01: DTMF transmitter active (no transfer of user data)
10: DTMF receiver active (during transfer of user data)
11: DTMF receiver and transmitter active (not supported in this version)
PMOD Selected pump path mode
000: Disable all (no mailb ox entry )
001: Fax modulations
010: Datamodem modulations
011: Halfduplex modulations
100: V.110
101: DTMF
111: Bypass
RIL Rate Index - LSB
RIL contains the data rate at which the pump is currently operating.
24: 64000 bit/s
RIM Rate Index - MSB
RIL contai ns the modu lation sch eme at which the pump is curre ntly
operating, the specific data rate is given in RIL.
C0h: digital transparent mode
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 153 02.98
3.7.2.6 Pump Status Response - Bypass Mode (ISAR 34 Host)
76543210
DPS MSC MDS
IIS 101110
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB 00000 PMOD
76543210
CTRL LS B 2
76543210
1. Parameter RIL
76543210
2. Parameter RIM
DPS Datapath selection
01: path 1
10: path 2
PMOD Selected pump path mode
000: Disable all (no mailbox entry)
001: Fax modulations
010: Datamodem modulations
011: Halfduplex modulations
100: V.110
101: DTMF
111: Bypass
RIL Rate Index - LSB
RIL contains the data rate at which the pump is currently operating.
24: 64000 bit/s
RIM Rate Index - MSB
RIL contains the modulation scheme at which the pump is currently
operating, the specific data rate is given in RIL.
C0h: digital transparent mode
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 154 02.98
3.7.2.7 Pump Status Response - Pump Disabled (ISAR 34 Host)
76543210
DPS MSC MDS
IIS 101110
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB 00000 PMOD
76543210
CTRL LSB 0
DPS Datapath selection
01: path 1
10: path 2
PMOD Selected pump path mode
000: Disable all (no mailbox entry)
001: Fax modulations
010: Datamodem modulations
011: Halfduplex modulations
100: V.110
101: DTMF
111: Bypass
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 155 02.98
3.7.3 Pump Status Events (ISAR 34 Host)
Status events are released to the host by the data pump during data transmission/
reception and contain dynamic information specific for the selected pump mode.
3.7.3.1 Pump Status Events - Fax Modulations (ISAR 34 Host)
76543210
DPS MSC MDS
IIS 01101010
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MS B 0
76543210
CTRL LS B 2
76543210
1. Parameter FEVTL
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
2. Parameter ––––– FEVTH
FEVT Fax Event (FEVTH, FEVTL)
Contains the one of the following fax events:
002h: 10 ms timer interrupt (if enabled; see chapter 3.11.2 Timer
Interrupt Event)
0BCh: RSP_READY
0B3h: LINE_TX_HDLC
0B2h: LINE_TX_BINARY
0B1h: LINE_RX_HDLC
0B0h: LINE_RX_BINARY
0B5h: RSP_CONNECT
0B7h: RSP_DISC
0B9h: RSP_FCERROR
0BEh: RSP_SIL_DET
0BAh: FLAGS_DETECT
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 156 02.98
Fax event description
:
RSP_READY Response to configuration fax mode originator or answerer.
LINE_TX_HDLC Response to CMD_FTH in order to indicate that the modulation
has been established.
LINE_TX_BINARY Response to CMD_FTM in order to indicate that the modulation
has been established.
LINE_RX_HDLC Response to CMD_FRH in order to indicate that the modulation
has been established.
LINE_RX_BINARY Response to CMD_FRM in order to indicate that the modulation
has been established.
RSP_CONNECT Indication that the fax pump is ready to receive or transmit data.
RSP_DISC Indication that the fax pump has turned off modulation after
transmitting all pending data / after the host issues the
command CMD_ESCAPE.
RSP_FCERROR Indication that the fax pump has detecte d a “wrong” modulation
before it releases the event RSP_CONNECT.
RSP_SIL_DET Indication that the prior selected duration of silence time has
occured.
FLAGS_DETECT Indication that the fax pump has detected flags.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 157 02.98
3.7.3.2 Pump Status Events - Datamodem Modulations (ISAR 34 Host)
76543210
DPS MSC MDS
IIS 01101010
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MS B 0
76543210
CTRL LS B 2
76543210
1. Parameter DEVTL
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
2. Parameter ––––– DEVTH
DEVT Datamodem Event (DEVTH, DEVTL)
Contains the one of the following datamodem events:
002h: 10 ms timer interrupt (if enabled; see chapter 3.11.2 Timer
Interrupt Event)
018h: CONNECTION_ON
019h: CONNECTION_OFF
020h: V24_OFF
021h: CTS_ON
022h: CTS_OFF
023h: DCD_ON
024h: DCD_OFF
025h: DSR_ON
026h: DSR_OFF
0CCh: REMOTE_RETRAIN
0CDh: REMOTE_RENEGOTIATE
0D4h: GSTN_CLEARDOWN
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 158 02.98
3.7.3.3 Pump Status Events - Halfduplex Modulations (ISAR 34 Host)
76543210
DPS MSC MDS
IIS 01101010
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB 0
76543210
CTRL LSB 2
76543210
1. Parameter HEVTL
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
2. Parameter ––––– HEVTH
HEVT Halfduplex modulations Event (HEVTH, HEVTL)
Contains the one of the following datamodem events:
002h: 10 ms timer interrupt (if enabled; see chapter 3.11.2 Timer
Interrupt Event)
018h: CONNECTION_ON
019h: CONNECTION_OFF
020h: V24_OFF
021h: CTS_ON
022h: CTS_OFF
023h: DCD_ON
024h: DCD_OFF
025h: DSR_ON
026h: DSR_OFF
0D4h: GSTN_CLEARDOWN
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 159 02.98
3.7.3.4 Pump Status Events - V.110 (ISAR 34 Host)
or
or
76543210
DPS MSC MDS
IIS 101010
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MS B 0
76543210
CTRL LS B NOM
76543210
1. Parameter VEVT_LSB
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
2. Parameter VEVTH
76543210
3. Parameter X SB SA1 SA0
76543210
3. Parameter E1E2E3E4E5E6E7
76543210
3. Parameter ROF0 ROF1 RON1 ROFX RONX
DPS Datapath selection
01: path 1
10: path 2
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 160 02.98
VEVT V.110 Event (VEVT_MSB, VEVT_LSB)
Contains one of the following V.110 events. For some of the events an
additional parameter is provided via the mailbox.
002h: 10 ms timer interrupt (if enabled;
see chapter 3.11.2 Timer Interrupt Event)
1F1h: Change in S-bits received (NOM = 3).
The S-bits are specified in the third parameter.
1F2h: Change in E-bits received (NOM = 3).
The E-bits are specified in the third parameter.
1F8h: Synchronisation lost (NOM = 2).
This event is released for a change from synchronised
to not synchronised.
1F9h: Synchronisation achieved (NOM = 2).
This event is released for a change from not synchronised
to synchronised.
1F6h: Change in X-bit from 1 0 received (NOM = 2).
1F7h: Change in X-bit from 0 1 received (NOM = 2).
1F4h: Mailbox buffer empty (NOM = 2)
This event indicates to the host, that the last data is
transmitted and that the mailbox transmit buffer is empty. This
event must be enabled by the host (see chapter 3.6.2.4
Pump Control Command - V.110) and it is generated only
once, i.e. for further state transitions from “not empty” to
“empty”, the generation of the status event must be reenabled
again.
1F5h: DT E status (NOM = 3)
The third parameter contains information about the status of
the remote DTE. The received D- and SA-bits are sampled
and compared against different possibilities. A status change
is detected by a match of the comparison and indicated to the
host. The generation of DTE status events can be enabled/
disabled by control commands (see chapter 3.6.2.4 Pump
Control Command - V.110).
NOM Number of Valid Bytes in the Mailbox
For certain status events one additional parameter is provided via the
mailbox.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 161 02.98
For the following parameters the received value 0 or 1 for each bit is indicated in the
corresponding bit position. The control bits do not represent the real time value that is
currently received, but they are data related, i.e. the S-, X- and E-bits are transferred to
the host with the corresponding data that was received at the same time.
Informati on about control bits that are currently received can be requested by the host
(see chapter 3.7.1 Pump status request), additionally the real time value for X, which is
needed for flow contro l, is indic ate d b y two sep arate s tatus ev ents (VEVT = 01 F6h and
01F7h).
X X-bit
SB S4-, S9-bit
SA1 S3-, S8-bit
SA0 S1-, S6-bit
E1-7 E1-, .. E7-bit
For the 600 bit/s data rate bit E7 is always set to 1.
ROF0, ROF1, RON1, ROFX, RONX Remote DTE status
Contains information about the status of the remote DTE. The received
D- and SA-bits are sampled and compared against different possibilities.
A status change is detected by a match of the comparison and indicated
by setting the bits as shown below. Several bits in the parameter can be
set simultaneously depending on the sampled data, e.g. if ROF0 is set,
ROFX will be set, too.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 162 02.98
Note: X = don’t care
It should be noted that the DTE status information is data related and may not represent
the value currently be received.
Comment:
After reset the remote DTE status logic is in no st ate and all status bits (ROF0, ROF1,
RON1, ROFX and RONX) are set to 0. The pump will start to search for frame
synchronisation.
When synch ronisati on is achie ved, the ho st will receiv e the remote DTE statu s and the
S-, X- and E-bits from the pu mp by means of status ev ents. This informati on is related
to the last V.110 frame that was received for synchronisation, as this frame was received
without a ny sync error. Starting w ith the subsequ ent frame, the D- bits of the frame are
transferred as valid user data to the SART.
The same mechanism for resynchronisation is used if frame synchronisation is
temporarily lost.
Table 12 V.110 Remote DTE Status
Status Status Name Sampled Data
ROF0 Remote (0, OFF) D
SA 00000000 00000000
11111111 11111111
ROF1 Remote (1, OFF) D
SA 11111111 11111111
11111111 11111111
RON1 Rem ote (1, ON) D
SA 11111111 11111111
00000000 00000000
ROFX Remote (X, OFF) D
SA XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
11111111 11111111
RONX Remote (X, ON) D
SA XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
00000000 00000000
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 163 02.98
3.7.3.5 Pump Status Events - DTMF (ISAR 34 Host)
76543210
DPS MSC MDS
IIS 01101010
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MS B 0
76543210
CTRL LS B 3
76543210
1. Parameter DEVTL
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
2. Parameter ––––– DEVTH
76543210
3. Parameter RDIG
DEVT ... DTMF Event (DEVTH, DEVTL)
Contains the one of the fol l owing DTMF events:
002h: 10 ms timer interrupt (if enabled; see chapter 3.11.2 Timer
Interrupt Event)
057h: DTMF tone detected
(all other codes reserved)
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 164 02.98
3.7.3.6 Pump Status Events - Bypass Mode (ISAR 34 Host)
No status events defined for this mode.
RDIG Received DTMF Digit
One of the following DTMF digits was detected by DTMF receiver:
10h: ‘0’
11h: ‘1’
12h: ‘2’
13h: ‘3’
14h: ‘4’
15h: ‘5’
16h: ‘6’
17h: ‘7’
18h: ‘8’
19h: ‘9’
1Ah: ‘A’
1Bh: ‘B’
1Ch: ‘C’
1Dh: ‘D’
1Eh: ‘*’
1Fh: ‘#’
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 165 02.98
3.7.3.7 Pump Status Events - D- and C/I-Channel (ISAR 34 Host)
76543210
DPS MSC MDS
IIS 11101010
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MS B DCI E
76543210
CTRL LS B 0
DCIE D-channel and C/I-channel Event
Contains one of the following events either from the D-channel or from
the C/I-channel:
10h: Message Abort
The ISAR 34 detects a S/G bit change to ’1’ (stop) and all D-channel data
(i.e. current message and all subsequent messages) in the transmit
buffer is cleared, the receive buffer is not affected. The host must write
this data to the mailbox again, starting with the beginning of the aborted
frame.
However, the ISAR 34 has a short internal buffer for D-channel data to
solve collisions on the S-bus, so not all collisions are indicated to the
host, but handled automatically by the ISAR 34. Therefore the "Message
Abort" will only be released if the conflict could not be solved within the
internal data storage of the ISAR 34.
20h: Message Complete
A frame was successfully transmitted on the D-channel.
This flag is used to control the transmission of subsequent D-channel
HDLC frames. The host must not start writing data of a new HDLC frame
to the ISAR 34 before this flag was set to confirm the successful
transmission of the previous frame.
8Mh: C/I Code Change M
A new C/I code (coding is included in M) was received twice (double last
look) on the C/I-channel (4th timeslot on IOM-2 channel 0).
When the C/I-channel is enabled by configuration setup, a first C/I Code
Change message is indicated to the host with the current C/I information.
The C/I information is not related to D-channel data.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 166 02.98
3.8 IOM-2 Configuration
The following commands, requests and responses are used to setup/control the network
access of the data paths.
The message coding of both datapaths 1 and 2 (B-channel data) are similar. For
datapath 3 (D-channel data) some codings are different and therefore described in
separate chapters.
3.8.1 IOM-2 Configuration Setup - Path 1 and 2 (Host ISAR 34)
76543210
DPS MSC MDS
HIS 100111
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB IOM 0 0 0 COD RCV
76543210
CTRL LSB 5
76543210
1. Parameter 0 0 0 TXD RXD TSL
76543210
2. Parameter 0 0 RTSO
76543210
3. Parameter 00000 RCS
76543210
4. Parameter 0 0 TTSO
76543210
5. Parameter 00000 TCS
DPS Datapath selection
01: path 1
10: path 2
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 167 02.98
IOM IOM-2 data access
0: disabled
1: enabled
COD Coding
000: no PCM coding (16-bit linear data)
001: A-law coding (8-bit data)
010: µ-law coding (8-bit data)
all other codes reserved
For the pump modes V.110 and bypass “no PCM coding” must be
selected.
A-law and µ-law coding is selected for all modulation related pump
modes (fax, datamodem and halfduplex modulation, DTMF and DTMF
transmission). If "no PCM coding" is selected in these modes, 16-bit
linear values are output on the IOM-2 interface.
RCV Rate Conversion
RCV refers to internal operation of the device and must be set depending
on the pump mode.
0: disabled (for all other pump modes)
1: enabled (for pump modes 001, 010, 011, 110)
TXD Transmit path switched to
0: DD-line
1: DU-line (reset value)
RXD Receive path switched to
0: DD-line (reset value)
1: DU-line
TSL Timeslot length for Receive / Transmit path
000: 8 bit wordlength (reset value)
010: 16 bit wordlength (used to operate with 16 linear codec,
e.g. ARCOFI)
all other codes currently not supported
RTSO Receive Time Slot Offset to FSC
0: 0 bit
1: 8 bit
: :
63: 504 bit
Reset value: RTSO = 0 for path 1
RTSO = 1 for path 2
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 168 02.98
Coding and Timeslot Length
Not all combinations of the COD and TSL parameters are supported.
If the p ump is c onfi gure d to digi tal modes (V.11 0, PMO D = 100) PCM c oding has to be
disabled (COD = 000).
If the pump is configured to any of the other modes (fax, datamodem, halfduplex
modulatio ns, DTMF o r DTMF tran smission , PMOD = 001, 010, 011, 10 1 or 110) eit her
A-law (COD = 001) or µ-law (PMOD = 01 0) coding is selected to outpu t an 8-bit PCM
value to the IOM-2 interface (TSL = 000). If 16-bit linear values should be provided for a
codec, PCM coding is disabled (COD = 000) and timeslot length is 16 (TSL = 010).
RCS Receive Cl ock Shift
0: 0 bit
1: 1 bit
: :
7: 7 bit
Reset value: RCS = 0 for path 1 and 2
TTSO Transmit Time Slot Offset to FSC
0: 0 bit
1: 8 bit
: :
63: 504 bit
Reset value: TTSO = 0 for path 1
TTSO = 1 for path 2
TCS Transmit Clock Shift
0: 0 bit
1: 1 bit
: :
7: 7 bit
Reset value: TCS = 0 for path 1 and 2
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 169 02.98
3.8.2 IOM-2 Configuration Setup - Path 3 (Host ISAR 34)
After an IOM-2 c onfigu ration se tup with D- channe l enabl ed (DED=1), one data requ est
message for b uffer 3 will be release d by the ISAR 34. Every IOM- 2 config uration se tup
message will reset receive and transmit buffers for the D-channel (datapath 3) even if
the specific configuration setting is not changed from a previous configuration (e.g. D-
channel remains enabled DED=1).
When the C/I-channel is enabled by configuration setup, a first C/I Code Change
message is indicated to the host with the current C/I information. Before enabling the C/
I-channel (configuration setup with CED=1), both C/I codes should be programmed (see
chapter 3.6.2.7) to ensure the right values are written to the C/I-channel from the
beginning.
76543210
DPS MSC MDS
HIS 1 1100111
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB DED TI C CED 0 0 TAD
76543210
CTRL LS B 0
DED D-channel enable/disable
D-channel access is ...
0: disabled
1: enabled
TIC TIC bus enable/disable
Access is performed ...
0: without TIC bus
1: with TIC bus
CED ... C/I-channel enable/disable
C/I-channel access is ...
0: disabled
1: enabled
TAD ... TIC bus add ress
The TIC bus address is located in the fourth octet of the third subframe
on the IOM-2 DU line. It is used for the TIC-channel access procedure
(if TIC=1), enabling the connection of several layer-2 D-channel protocol
controllers to the IOM-2 interface.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 170 02.98
3.8.3 IOM-2 Configuration Request (Host ISAR 34)
The current configuration can be read on request by the host. The request is fully
specified by the Host Interrupt Status register (HIS), i.e. the control registers and the
mailbox are not used for the request command and must be set to 0.
Two types of configuration request messages are defined depending on whether the
messages is addressed to a specific datapath (path 1, 2 or 3) or general information on
IOM-2 configuration is requested:
General Configuration Request:
Configuration Request for Specific Channel:
76543210
DPS MSC MDS
HIS 00001000
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB 0
76543210
CTRL LSB 0
76543210
DPS MSC MDS
HIS 000111
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB 0
76543210
CTRL LSB 0
DPS Datapath selection
01: path 1
10: path 2
11: path 3
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 171 02.98
3.8.4 IOM-2 Configuration Response - General Code (ISAR 34 Host)
This is the repsonse to the General Configuration Request message specified in the
previous chapter 3.8.3.
76543210
DPS MSC MDS
IIS 00101000
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB --DCLAMO----------
76543210
CTRL LS B 0
DCL Data Clock
0: reserved for further use.
1: the bit clock on the IOM-2 interface is twice the datarate.
AMO Awake Mode On
If this bit is set to ’1’, the awake mode is active, i.e. the DU line pulled to
LOW by the ISAR 34.
Note: Also see chapter chapter 3.8.7 for further information.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 172 02.98
3.8.5 IOM-2 Configuration Response - Path 1 and 2 (ISAR 34 Host)
76543210
DPS MSC MDS
IIS 100111
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB IOM 0 0 0 COD RCV
76543210
CTRL LSB 5
76543210
1. Parameter 0 0 0 TXD RXD TSL
76543210
2. Parameter 0 0 RTSO
76543210
3. Parameter 00000 RCS
76543210
4. Parameter 0 0 TTSO
76543210
5. Parameter 00000 TCS
DPS Datapath selection
01: path 1
10: path 2
IOM IOM-2 data access
0: disabled
1: enabled
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 173 02.98
COD Selected Coding
000: no PCM coding (16-bit linear data)
001: A-law coding (8-bit data)
010: µ-law coding (8-bit data)
all other codes reserved
A-law and µ-law coding is selected for all modulation related pump
modes (fax, datamodem and halfduplex modulation, DTMF and DTMF
transmission). For all other modes (V.110 and bypass mode) “no PCM
coding” must be sele cted .
If "no PCM coding" is selected for modulation modes, 16-bit linear data
is output on the IOM-2 interface.
RCV Selected Rate Conversion
RCV refers to internal operation of the device and is set depending on
the pump mode.
0: disabled (for all other pump modes)
1: enabled (for fax modulations, datamodem modulations,
halfduplex modulations and DTMF-transmission)
TXD Transmit path switched to
0: DD-line
1: DU-line (reset value)
RXD Receive path switched to
0: DD-line (reset value)
1: DU-line
TSL Timeslot length for Receive/Transmit path
00x: 8 bit wordlength (reset value)
010: 16 bit wordlength
all other codes currently not supported
RTSO Receive Time Slot Offset to FSC
0: 0 bit
1: 8 bit
: :
63: 504 bit
Reset value: RTSO = 0 for buffer 1
RTSO = 1 for buffer 2
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 174 02.98
RCS Receive Clock Shif t
0: 0 bit
1: 1 bit
: :
7: 7 bit
Reset value: RCS = 0 for buffer 1 and 2
TTSO Transmit Time Slot Offset to FSC
0: 0 bit
1: 8 bit
: :
63: 504 bit
Reset value: TTSO = 0 for buffer 1
TTSO = 1 for buffer 2
TCS Transmit Clock Shift
0: 0 bit
1: 1 bit
: :
7: 7 bit
Reset value: TCS = 0 for buffer 1 and 2
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 175 02.98
3.8.6 IOM-2 Configuration Response - Path 3 (ISAR 34 Host)
76543210
DPS MSC MDS
IIS 1 1100111
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB DED TI C CED 0 0 TAD
76543210
CTRL LS B 0
DED D-channel enable/disable
0: D-channel access is disabled
1: D-channel access is enabled
TIC TIC bus enable/disable
0: Access is performed without TIC bus
1: Access is performed with TIC bus
CED ... C/I-channel enable/disable
0: C/I-channel access is disabled
1: C/I-channel access is enabled
TAD ... TIC bus add ress
Contains the programmed TIC bus address.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 176 02.98
3.8.7 IOM-2 Control Commands - General Code (Host ISAR 34)
The fo llo wi ng control commands are n ot re lated to a s pec ifi c datapath but t o t he IOM - 2
interface of the ISAR 34 in general.
Two types of command codings are differentiated regarding the interrupt status register
coding (HIS) as shown below:
In an ISDN terminal for example the ISAR 34 can be connected to an S-transceiver (e.g.
ISAC-S TE PSB 2186). For the transceiver the IOM-2 interface can be switched off in the
inact ive state, re ducing power consumpti on to a minim um. In this deac tivated state the
clock line is low and the data lines are high.
For activation the transceiver enables the clock pulses again when the DU line is pulled
low b y the ISAR 34, i.e. t he C/I c ommand TIM = 0000 is recei ved by the l ayer 1 de vice
(= Set Awake Mode ON).
76543210
DPS MSC MDS
HIS 00101000
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB ICMD
76543210
CTRL LSB 0
ICMD IOM-2 Control Command
20h: Set Awake Mode ON
This command will pull the DU line to LOW.
21h: Set Awake Mode OFF
This command will reset the DU line to normal functionality.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 177 02.98
76543210
DPS MSC MDS
HIS 00101001
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MS B ICM D
76543210
CTRL LS B 0
ICMD IOM-2 Control Command
00h: Restart ISAR 34
If the IOM clocks are switched off (e.g. S-transceiver is in power down
mode or missing clocks due to hardware malfunctions), the ISAR 34
enters a state where all datapaths are disabled. As soon as the clocks
are available again, the ISAR 34 is made to leave the inactive state and
to check for IOM clocks.
So this command is used to complete the power up procedure. After
setting ’Awake Mode ON’ and ’Awake Mode OFF’ (see command above)
the host releases the ’Restart ISAR 34’ command and the ISAR 34 will
enter the normal mode of operation.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 178 02.98
3.8.8 IOM-2 Control Commands - Path 1 and 2 (Host ISAR 34)
76543210
DPS MSC MDS
HIS 101011
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB ICMD
76543210
CTRL LSB 0
DPS Datapath selection
01: path 1
10: path 2
ICMD IOM-2 Control Command
00h: Stop IOM-2 channel
All activities on the IOM-2 interface are frozen. In transmit
direction all bits are written to “1” on the IOM-2 timeslot and in
receive direction all bits received from the IOM-2 timeslot are
‘1’.
01h: R estart IOM-2 channel
After IOM-2 activities were stopped (ICMD = 00), data
transfer from/to the IOM-2 timeslots is restarted again
with the current configuration settings. This command must
not be used before the IOM-2 interface is configured.
11h: Loop ON
Transmit data is looped back to the receiver input. In this case
the configuration for the timeslot position of the receiver is
without any effect.
Additionally, the transmit data itself is written to the
programmed transmit timeslot if IOM-2 data access is
enabled (IOM=1).
If IOM-2 data access is disabled (IOM = 0), transmit
data will not be written to the IOM-2 timeslot but only looped
back to the receiver input.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 179 02.98
Important Note:
The control commands “Stop / Restart IOM-2 channel” have a different effect than “IOM-
2 data access enable / disable” (IOM-bit) in configuration setup.
The current config uration setting is no t affected by “Stop IOM-2 ch annel”, only transfe r
of user data between the pump and the IOM-2 timeslots is stopped, which is resumed by
the command “Restart IOM-2 channel”.
10h: Loop OFF
The loop of transmit data to the receiver input (activated by
ICMD = 11h) is switched off. Regular read/write access to the
IOM-2 is performed according to the configuration setting.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 180 02.98
3.8.9 IOM-2 Status Events (ISAR 34 Host)
The following status event is not related to a specific datapath but to the IOM-2 interface
of the ISAR 34 in general.
76543210
DPS MSC MDS
IIS 00101001
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB IEVT
76543210
CTRL LSB 0
IEVT IOM-2 Status Event
00h: N o IOM-2 Clocks
The ISAR 34 indicates that no clocks are provided on the IOM-2
interface. This may be due to the power down mode (e.g. S-transceiver
switches off the clocks) or due to malfunctions of the system hardware.
By releasing this message, the ISAR 34 enters an inactive state. It
ceases to check for IOM clocks and it disables all datapaths, i.e. SART,
pump and IOM-2 configuration are reset. However, all user data remains
in the buffers and the contents of the receive buffers are sent to the host.
This state can be left by the IOM-2 control command ’Restart ISAR 34’.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 181 02.98
3.9 MONITOR Channel
The functionality of the MONITOR channel handler is available within the datapath 0, so
transfer of messages and data is performed via buffer 0. As the structure of these
messages is quite different from the oth er datapaths , MONITOR channel me ssges are
described separately in this chapter.
Only buffer related messages are identical for all datapaths and not described here.
3.9.1 Buffer Configuration and Status
The coding for buffer configuration and status messages is described in detail in
chapters 3.1 and 3.3. Additionally the following information should be noted:
Transmit Buffer
The transmit buffer in datapath 0 is only used for MONITOR channel data. All other
messages (hos t ISAR 34 ) w hich are related to datapath 0 are immedia tely ex ecuted
and not transferred from the mailbox to the buffer. So a command to clear transmit buffer
0 will only affect MONITOR channel data.
Receive Buffer
The receive buffer in datapath 0 is not only used for MONITOR channel data. Besides
that also other messages (e.g. messages defined for datapath 0) are transferred via
buffer 0.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 182 02.98
3.9.2 MONITOR Channel Configuration
3.9.2.1 MONITOR Channel Configuration Setup (Host ISAR 34)
A conf iguratio n setu p for M ONITOR chann el will cl ear the transmi t buffe r of datapa th 0
but not the receive buffer (see c h apters 3. 2 and 3.3, Buffer Configuration and Status).
After configurat ion with MO NITOR cha nnel enab le (MCE=1) a data requ est for buffer 0
is released to the host to indicate that data can be written to the mailbox.
76543210
DPS MSC
HIS 00110001
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB 0000000MCE
76543210
CTRL LSB NOM
76543210
1. Parameter MAM
76543210
2. Parameter MRA
76543210
3. Parameter 0 0 0 SLIN CSEL
MCE ... MONITOR channel enable/disable
MONITOR channel access is ...
0: disabled
1: enabled
NOM ... Number of valid bytes in the mailbox
If no parameters are written to the mailbox (NOM=0), the previous
settings are valid. Not all parameters need to be written to the mailbox
for configuration setup if the previous seetings of single parameters are
valid, e.g. if SLIN and CSEL are still valid, only MAM and MRA with
NOM=2 need to be programmed.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 183 02.98
MAM ... MONITOR address mask
Every "1" in this byte marks the bit position where a check is done
between the first byte of a received MONITOR data frame and the
reference address (MRA). The received MONITOR address will
additionally be transferred to the host as the first data byte
(see chapter 3.9.3.1).
MRA ... MONITOR reference address
This is the reference address for the comparison with the first byte of a
received MONITOR data frame. The bit positions which are not marked
with a "1" in MAM are don’t care.
SLIN ... Serial line interface switching
Defines the switching of TX/RX data on DU/DD lines.
0: Transmit data on DU, Receive data from DD
1: Transmit data on DD, Receive data from DU
CSEL ... IOM-2 channel Select
Selects one of up to 16 channels on the IOM-2 interface. The MONITOR
channel is always the 3rd timeslot in an IOM channel.
0000: chan nel 0
0001: chan nel 1
: :
1110: chan nel 14
1111: chan nel 15
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 184 02.98
3.9.2.2 MONITOR Channel Configuration Request (Host ISAR 34)
The current configuration setting can be requested by the host.
3.9.2.3 MONITOR Channel Configuration Response (ISAR 34 Host)
The current co nfiguration setting is returned by the ISAR 34 on request. The coding is
similar as for the configuration setup message (chapter 3.9.2.1).
76543210
DPS MSC
HIS 00010001
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB 0
76543210
CTRL LSB 0
76543210
DPS MSC
IIS 00110001
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB 0000000MCE
76543210
CTRL LSB 3
76543210
1. Parameter MAM
76543210
2. Parameter MRA
76543210
3. Parameter 0 0 0 SLIN CSEL
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 185 02.98
3.9.3 MONITOR Channel Data
3.9.3.1 MONITOR Channel Receive Data (ISAR 34 Host)
A status information is valid if the corresponding bit is set to "1":
The end of a MONITOR message may be detected by the ISAR 34 some time after the
last data byte was received and transferred to the host. Therefore, it may occur that the
end of a mes sage i s indi cate d in a mess age witho ut val id data by tes (NOM =0) a nd the
last data byte of th at MON ITOR m essage was tran sfe rred to the ho st with the p revious
receive data message.
76543210
DPS MSC
IIS 00110000
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB -MEDMSD-----
76543210
CTRL LS B NOM
76543210
1. Parameter 1st databyte of the message
76543210
N. Parameter N-th databyte of the message
MED ... Message End Detected
The end of a MONITOR channel message is detected.
MSD ... Message Start Detected
The start of a MONITOR channel message is detected. The MONITOR
address byte is provided as the first data byte in the mailbox.
NOM ... Number of Valid Bytes in the Mailbox
Indicates the number N of valid data bytes to be read from the mailbox.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 186 02.98
3.9.3.2 MONITOR Channel Transmit Data (Host ISAR 34)
A status information is valid if the corresponding bit is set to "1":
76543210
DPS MSC
HIS 00110000
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB 0MEDMSD00000
76543210
CTRL LSB NOM
76543210
1. Parameter 1st databyte of the message
76543210
N. Parameter N-th databyte of the message
MED ... Message End
The last byte written to the mailbox with this message is the last byte of
the MONITOR message.
MSD ... Message Start
The first byte written to the mailbox represents the beginning of the
MONITOR message and is defined as the MONITOR address byte.
NOM ... Number of Valid Bytes in the Mailbox
Indicates the number N of valid data bytes written to the mailbox.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 187 02.98
3.9.3.3 MONITOR Channel Status Events (ISAR 34 Host)
The following status events are released by the ISAR 34 to indicate certain conditions
related to the MONITOR channel.
76543210
DPS MSC
IIS 00110010
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB MEVT
76543210
CTRL LS B 0
MEVT ... MONITOR Channel Event
Contains one of the following events from the MONITOR channel:
10h: Message Abort
The ISAR 34 has detected an abort from the receiver. All messages in
the transmit buffer will be deleted.
20h: Message Complete
The receiver has acknowledged the MONITOR message.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 188 02.98
3.10 GPIO (General Purpose I/Os)
There are 9 general purpose I/Os available in ISAR 34 that are free programmable by
host messages. They can be configured as:
Inp ut or Output
Open Drain or Push Pull
Continous or strobed sampling
Interrupt masked or unmasked
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 189 02.98
3.10.1 GPIO Configuration
3.10.1.1 GPIO Configuration - Output Register Set/Reset (Host ISAR 34)
The output register contains output values for all 9 GPIO pins. If a GPIO pin is configured
as input (see bel ow ) the corre spo ndin g bit is ign ored. Fo r al l GPIOs th at are co nfig ured
as output, the register reflects the value.
After reset, all GPIOs are input. To achieve glitch-free output value after reset, you may
write the output register first and then configure the corresponding pin(s) as output. The
previously programmed value will then be output to the line.
The GPIOs can be set or reset or left unaffected with the following command.
76543210
DPS MSC
HIS 00101010
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MS B 0
76543210
CTRL LS B 4
76543210
1. Parameter R(7:0)
76543210
2. Parameter 0000000R8
76543210
3. Parameter S(7:0)
76543210
4. Parameter 0000000S8
R(8:0) ... Reset GPIO
0: The corresponding GPIO is unaffected
1: The corresponding GPIO is reset to 0
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 190 02.98
Setting and resetting a GPIO in one command must be avoided.
The reset value of the output register is 0.
S(8:0) ... Set GPIO
0: The corresponding GPIO is unaffected
1: The corresponding GPIO is set to 1
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 191 02.98
3.10.1.2 GPIO Configuration - Direction (Host ISAR 34)
The GPIO direction can be set to input or output or left unaffected with the following
command.
Setting a GPIO to input and output in one command must be avoided.
The reset value of the direction register is input.
76543210
DPS MSC
HIS 00101010
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB 10h
76543210
CTRL LS B 4
76543210
1. Parameter IN(7:0)
76543210
2. Parameter 0000000IN8
76543210
3. Parameter OUT(7:0)
76543210
4. Parameter 0000000OUT8
IN(8:0) ... Set GPIO to input
0: The corresponding GPIO is unaffected
1: The corresponding GPIO is set to input (reset)
OUT(8:0) ... Set GPIO to output
0: The corresponding GPIO is unaffected
1: The corresponding GPIO is set to output
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 192 02.98
3.10.1.3 GPIO Configuration - Open Drain Select (Host ISAR 34)
The GPIO pins can be set to open drain or push/pull or left unaffected with the following
command.
Setting a GPIO to open drain and push/pull in one command must be avoided.
The reset value of the GPIOs is open drain.
When open drain is selected the internal pullup is enabled even if the GPIO is configured
as input.
76543210
DPS MSC
HIS 00101010
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB 20h
76543210
CTRL LSB 4
76543210
1. Parameter OD(7:0)
76543210
2. Parameter 0000000OD8
76543210
3. Parameter PP(7:0)
76543210
4. Parameter 0000000PP8
OD(8:0) ... Set GPIO to open drain
0: The corresponding GPIO is unaffected
1: internal pullup enabled, GPIO outputs are open drain (reset)
PP(8:0) ... Set GPIO to output
0: The corresponding GPIO is unaffected
1: internal pullup disabled, GPIO outputs are push/pull
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 193 02.98
3.10.1.4 GPIO Configuration - Strobed Input (Host ISAR 34)
The read values of the GPIO pins can be sampled continously (default) or in strobed
mode. In the latter case pin 0 must be input and provides the strobe signal. For all other
pins strobed mode can be individually enabled. If enabled, the pins are only sampled
during pin 0 is low. State changes are ignored during pin 0 is high.
The strobed input mode can be set or reset or left unaffected with the following
command.
76543210
DPS MSC
HIS 00101010
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB 30h
76543210
CTRL LS B 4
76543210
1. Parameter C(7:0)
76543210
2. Parameter 0000000C8
76543210
3. Parameter S(7:0)
76543210
4. Parameter 0000000S8
C( 0) ... Enable contin ous sampling
0: The corresponding GPIO is unaffected
1: Continous sampling is enabled (reset)
C(8:1) ... Set GPIO to continous sampling
0: The corresponding GPIO is unaffected
1: The corresponding GPIO is continously sampled (reset)
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 194 02.98
Setting a GPIO to continous and strobed sampling in one command must be avoided.
The reset value of the GPIOs is continous sampling.
S(0) ... Enable strobed mode sampling
0: The corresponding GPIO is unaffected
1: Strobed mode sampling is enabled
S(8:1) ... Set GPIO to strobed mode sampling
0: The corresponding GPIO is unaffected
1: The corresponding GPIO is sampled in strobed mode if
strobed mode is enabled (S(0)=1)
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 195 02.98
3.10.1.5 GPIO Configuration - Interrupt Mask (Host ISAR 34)
This command configures the general purpose pins which will send an event
automatical ly when a st ate ch ange i s dete cted. Wh en the interrup t m ask i s enab led fo r
more than on e pin, the hos t has to f igure out whic h pin caus ed the even t by co mparing
the new read status with the last one.
The GPIO interrupts can be masked or unmasked or left unaffected with the following
command.
Setting and resetting a GPIO interrupt mask in one command must be avoided.
76543210
DPS MSC
HIS 00101010
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB 40h
76543210
CTRL LS B 4
76543210
1. Parameter RM(7:0)
76543210
2. Parameter 0000000RM8
76543210
3. Parameter SM(7:0)
76543210
4. Parameter 0000000SM8
RM(8:0) ... Reset GPIO interrupt mask
0: The corresponding GPIO is unaffected
1: GPIO interrupt mask is enabled, interrupt is disabled (reset)
SM(8:0) ... Set GPIO interrupt mask
0: The corresponding GPIO is unaffected
1: GPIO interrupt mask is disabled, interrupt is enabled
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 196 02.98
The reset value of the GPIO interrupts masks is 0 (interrupts disabled).
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 197 02.98
3.10.2 GPIO Status
3.10.2.1 GPIO Status Request (Host ISAR 34)
The host requests the GPIO status. The real status at the output pin is returned,
independen t of whether the pin is confi gured as input o r output. When an ou tput pin is
configured as open drain, the status value may be different from the output value ("wired
AND").
76543210
DPS MSC
HIS 00001010
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MS B 0
76543210
CTRL LS B 0
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 198 02.98
3.10.2.2 GPIO Status Event/Response (ISAR 34 Host)
The GPIO status may be an event or a response, depending on configuration.
When the interrup t of a general purpose pin is enabled (IMx=1) and the corresponding
status changes, the new status of all 9 pins is reported to the host as a Status Event.
Independent of that the host may send a Status Request (see above). As a consequence
the ISAR 34 will report the current status as a Status Response.
Note: GPIO pins are sampled on a 10 msec basis. Thus, the maximum switching
frequency on a GPIO shou ld be less than 50 Hz (max imu m obs erva ble sw itc hin g
frequency).
76543210
DPS MSC
IIS 00101010
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB 0
76543210
CTRL LSB 2
76543210
1. Parameter ST(7:0)
76543210
2. Parameter xxxxx xxST8
ST(8:0) ... Reflects the current status of the general purpose pin.
x ... Don’t care, maybe 1 or 0.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 199 02.98
3.11 Test/Diagnostics Path
The test/diagnostics path is used for test and diagnostics, general configuration and
control (not related to a specific data path) and as an answer channel for certain status/
configuration requests to the data channels.
3.11.1 Timer Interrupt On/Off(Host ISAR 34)
76543210
DPS MSC
HIS 00100101
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB CMD
76543210
CTRL LS B 0
CMD Command for general configuration
20h: Timer interrupt off
21h: Timer interrupt on
If enabled, a 10 ms timer interrupt is generated to the host. This can be
used for certain driver software implementations that require hardware
interrupts. As this is normally used in applications with data modulations,
the interrupt request message is coded as a message related to buffer 1
(see chapte r 3.11.2), however, it can be used for purposes within other
buffers, too.
Using the timer interrupt increases the message load between the ISAR
34 and the host significantly.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 200 02.98
3.11.2 Timer Interrupt Event (ISAR 34 Host)
The “Timer Interrupt Event” message is generated once per 10 ms if enabled by the
“General Configuration” message in chapter 3.11.1.
76543210
DPS MSC
IIS 01101010
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB 0
76543210
CTRL LSB 2
76543210
1. Parameter EVTL
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
2. Parameter ––––– EVTH
EVT ... Timer Interrupt Event (EVTH, EVTL)
002h: 10 ms timer interrupt
Depending on the selected mode other pump mode specific events may
be released to the host.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 201 02.98
3.11.3 Chip Version Request (Host ISAR 34)
The host can request the version number of the chip by the following request message.
3.11.4 Chip Version Response (ISAR 34 Host)
The ISAR 34 returns the version number of the chip if requested by the host.
Important Note:
The chip version request and response messages are only valid after a hardware reset.
These messages must not be used after the firmware download.
76543210
DPS MSC
HIS 00100100
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MS B 0
76543210
CTRL LS B 0
76543210
DPS MSC
IIS 00100101
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MS B 0
76543210
CTRL LS B 2
76543210
1. Parameter CVNL
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
2. Parameter CVNH
CVN Chip Versi on Nu mber (C VNH , CVNL )
0101h: ISAR 34 Version 2.1
all other codes currently not supported.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 202 02.98
3.11.5 Software Version Request (Host ISAR 34)
The host can reques t the v ersion number o f the D SP software by the follow ing re quest
message .
3.11.6 Software Version Response (ISAR 34 Host)
The ISAR 34 returns the version number of the DSP software if requested by the host.
76543210
DPS MSC
HIS 00000101
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB 10h
76543210
CTRL LSB 0
76543210
DPS MSC
IIS 00100101
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB 10h
76543210
CTRL LSB 2
76543210
1. Parameter SVNL
76543210
2. Parameter SVNH
SVN Software Version Number (SVNH, SVNL)
Contains the version number of the DSP software on the device:
0101h: Version 1.01
all other codes currently not supported.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 203 02.98
3.11.7 Request Selftest Result (ISAR 34 Host)
After download of the DSP program the ISAR 34 automatically performs a selftest, which
will check for memory errors or missing IOM-2 clocks.
The result of the selftest can be requested by the host and possible error conditions are
contained in the “Selftest Response” message (see chapte r 3.11 .8).
3.11.8 Selftest Response (ISAR 34 Host)
The selft est result requested by th e host (see chapter 3.11.7) will result i n a response
message containing information about possible error conditions.
76543210
DPS MSC
IIS 00000100
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB 40h
76543210
CTRL LS B 0
76543210
DPS MSC
IIS 00100100
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB 40h
76543210
CTRL LS B 1
76543210
1. Parameter 0 0 PRO DRO PRR MB1 MB0 PLL
PRO ... Program ROM error
DRO ... Data ROM error
PRR Program RAM error
MB1 Internal memory error (bank 1)
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 204 02.98
3.11.9 Soft Reset (Host ISAR 34)
The soft reset has a similar function as the hardware reset or power on reset. All
configuration settings are reset and the buffers are cleared.
MB0 Internal memory error (bank 0)
PLL PLL initialization error
76543210
DPS MSC
HIS 00101000
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB RCMD
76543210
CTRL LSB 0
RCMD Reset Command
40h: Soft reset, if DCL=0 (currently not supported)
41h: Soft reset, if DCL=1
The command coding for the soft reset depends on the setting of the
DCL parameter wh ich can be read by a general IOM-2 configuration
request message (see chapter 3. 8 .3). The value of DCL is returned by
the corresponding IOM-2 configuration response message (see chapter
3.8.4).
The ISAR 34 currently supports DCL=1 and RCMD=41h.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 205 02.98
3.11.10 Invalid Message Received (ISAR 34 Host)
If the host issues a message to the ISAR 34 with an HIS coding that is not specified, the
ISAR 34 will respond with the following error message to indicate that an invalid
message coding was detected.
76543210
DPS MSC
IIS 00111111
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTRL MSB INV
76543210
CTRL LS B 0
INV Invalid HIS coding
Contains the invalid HIS register coding of the message which was
released by the host.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 206 02.98
3.12 DSP Program Download
In the ISAR 34 PSB 7115 V2.1 the DSP program is downloaded through the host
interface into the external memory. The binary file that includes the DSP program is
provided together with the device.
The data structure within the file is shown in figure 45.
Figure 45 Binary File Structure
The file is devided into a file header and a number of individual data blocks, each of
which is preceeded by a block header.
The file header contains general information such like file type identifier and version
number. One data field contains the pointer BLOCK_PTR to the first block header
(figure 46). The block header defines the type of data contained in the subsequent data
block, which implies the host to perform a certain action (e.g. read/write data from/to the
ISAR 34, compare received message with given data, ... ).
The data bloc k contains th e detailed info rmation that is req uired by the hos t to perform
that action. This includes complete message codings, data which transferred to the ISAR
34 and message codings for comparison of received messages. If the current data block
is finished, a pointer (NEXT_PTR) indicates to the start of the next block header. For
certain types of data blocks a decision is made by the host so one of two pointers
7115_
4
F ile - He a d e r
Block - Header 1
Data Block 1
Block - Header 2
Data Block 2
Block - Header 3
Da ta B lo c k 3
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 207 02.98
(TRUE_PTR or F ALSE_PTR) is finally select ed. I f a timeo ut cond ition is speci fied for a
data block the next valid block in case of a time out condition is indicated by
TIMEOUT_PTR.
All pointers are specified with respect to the beginning of the file.
Figure 46 Pointer on Data Structures
The following chapters show all details for the complete download mechanism.
First the structure of the file header and the main routine for the program download is
described.
Then follows the different types of block headers and how block headers must be be
handled in general.
The different block types are covered in separate chapters with flow charts that show
how the host has to process the block data.
F ile - He a de r
Block - Header 1
Data Block 1
Block - Header 2
Data Block 2
Block - Header 3
BLOCK_PTR
NEXT_PTR
NEXT_PTR
7115_46
F ile - He a de r
Data Block N
Block - Header N +1
Data Block N+1
Block - Header N +3
TRUE_PTR
Data Block N+3
Block - Header X
Data Block X
FALSE_PTR
TIMEOUT_PTR
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 208 02.98
3.12.1 Structure of File Header
The structure and contents of the file header are shown in table 14.
Certain fields of data must be checked by the host. These are the file identification
number (FILE_ID), the product identification number (PRODUCT_ID) which must be
within the given range and the block pointer (BLOCK_PTR) that indicates the beginning
of the first block header.
Other data fields contain optional information that can be neglected such like the version
number (VERSION_NO), the name of the device (PRODUCT_NAME), the manufacturer
identification (MANUFCT_ID), the header extension pointer (HEAD_EXT_PTR) and the
timestamp of the file in PC format (TIMESTAMP).
Note: The offset of the individual data fields is indicated in bytes and decimal notation.
The sequence of bytes for the field types "word" and "dword" within the binary file
is least significant byte first.
A blank space in the column "Contents" is marked by an underscore " ". If the
maximum length of the field is not used, the string is terminated by a zero byte
(\00).
As already mentioned in the previous chapter, the parameter BLOCK_PTR points to the
beginning of the first block header with respect to the beginning of the file.
Table 13 Structure of File Header
Offset Type Field Contents
0 byte [16] FILE_ID "ZNELEKRE HCIRLU\00"
16 byte [16] VERSION_NO "Version 01.00 \00"
32 byte [16] PRODUCT_NAME "ISAR 34, V2.1 \00"
48 byte [64] MANUFCT_ID "Copyright 1997, Siemens AG \00"
112 dword [1] PRODUCT_ID 00000010H ... 00000015H
116 dword [1] HEAD_EXT_PTR 00000000H
120 dword [1] TIMESTAMP
124 dword [1] BLOCK_PTR
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 209 02.98
Figure 47 Download Process
7115_62.A
Download
Start
S ystem board
intialisation
successful? Abort
Open file and read
File Header
Yes
No
PRODUCT_ID cor rect
( = 10h ... 15h) ? Abort
No
The parameter
PRODUCT_ID must be
a value in the given
range.
Block Header
Process
Yes
Download
successful ? Abort
No
Download
Done
Yes
FILE_ID corre ct ? Abort
No
Yes
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 210 02.98
3.12.2 Structure of Block Header
The structure and contents of the block header are shown in table 14.
The block header is directly followed by the data block. The type of data contained in
there is specified in the first data field BLOCK_TYPE of the block header. All
BLOCK_TYPE codings for this version are listed in table 15 and described in detail in
the following chapters.
If the host reads a BLOCK_TYPE parameter which is not described in this specification,
the data block should be ignored and the next block header pointed to by
UNKNOWN_PTR should be read.
The follo wi ng type s of d ata bl ock s mus t b e e val uate d b y t he hos t. Al l o ther cod ing s are
reserved and should be ignored (see UNKNOWN_PTR).
Table 14 Structure of Block Head er
Offset Type Field Contents
0 dword [1] BLOCK_TYPE (see table 15)
4 dword [1] UNKNOWN_PTR
Table 15 Ty pes of Da ta Blocks
BLOCK_TYPE Function
00000001HJump to a specific block.
00000002HWrite message to the ISAR 34.
00000003HWait for next message from the ISAR 34.
00000004HWait for a specific message from the ISAR 34.
00000005HCompare the last received message with given message coding.
00000006HSet coding information.
00000007HSet status information.
00000020HWrite internal data memory.
00000021HWrite internal program memory.
00000030HWrite external data memory.
00000031HWrite external program memory.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 211 02.98
Figure 48 Block Header Process
The pointer for the next block position (XXXX_PTR) is determined depending on the type
of the current d ata bloc k. The new poi nter can b e define d as N EXT_PTR, TRUE_ PTR,
FALSE_PTR or TIMEOUT_PTR.
Block Header Process
Start
Read Block Header
Is BLOC K_TYPE
known ?
Execute Data
B lock proc ess
Ignore this block
Point er for next
block po si tion
X_PTR = 0 ?
Set new pointer
according X_PTR
Block Header Process
Done
No
Yes
Yes
No
7115_62.A
Set next block poin ter
X_PTR=UNKNOWN_PTR
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 212 02.98
3.12.3 Structure of Data Blocks
The data blocks di rectly foll ow the bl ock heade r. The type of data block is indic ated by
the BLOCK_TYPE parameter in the block header. The length of a data block can be fixed
or variable, in the latter case a criteria is given in the specific data block for the block end.
The structure and contents of the individual data blocks are described in the following
chapt ers. A detailed de scription on how the host should treat eac h block is shown in a
flow chart diagram. If the host is told to read or write a message from/to the ISAR 34 the
general mechanisms for message transfer should be used as during normal operation
mode (s ee chapte r 3.1).
3.12.3.1 Jump to Block
This data structure contains a single parameter. The host is told to jump to the next data
block which is indicated by the pointer NEXT_PTR.
Figure 49 Data Block Process - Jump to Block
Table 16 Block Structure - BLOCK_TYPE = 1H
Offset Type Field
0 dword [1] NEXT_PTR
Data Block Process
(BLOCK_TYP E= 1h)
Start
Set next block pointer
= NEXT _PTR
Data Block Process
(BLOCK_TYP E= 1h)
Done 7115_62.A
Read data bl oc k
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 213 02.98
3.12.3.2 Write Message
This data block tells the host to write a message to the ISAR 34. The complete message
coding is given in the data block. The coding for each of the message parameters is
given in 16-bit words, however the MSB is don’t care and only the LSB is valid and
written to the ISAR 34.
The number of bytes (length of parameter MBOX) which are written to the ISAR 34
mailbox are indi cated b y the paramete r CT RL_LSB, s o the len gth of the co mplete d ata
block is not fixed but depends on the length of the MBOX field.
If the mess age is succe ssfully written t o the ISAR 34, the h ost jumps to th e next block
indicated by NEXT_PTR.
If the mailbox is not released by the ISAR 34 within a specified time (parameter
TIMEOUT) the host proceeds with the next block indicated by TIMEOUT_PTR. Both
parameters are not gi ven in this data blo ck, but they are global variab les (see chapter
3.12.3.6).
Note: For the data fields HIS, CTRL_MSB, CTRL_LSB and MBOX only the LSB values
are evaluated. The MSBs are don’t care.
The length of the MBOX field n is determined by CTRL_LSB.
Table 17 Block Structure - BLOCK_TYPE = 2H
Offset Type Field
0 dword [1] NEXT_PTR
4 word [1 ] HIS
6 word [1 ] CTRL_MSB
8 word [1 ] CTRL_LSB
10 word [n] MBOX
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 214 02.98
Figure 50 Data Block Process - Write Message
Data Block Process
(BLOCK_TYPE= 2h)
Start
Read data bloc k
ISA R 34 mailbox f ree
(HIA = 0) ?
W rite message to the
ISAR 34
Set next block pointer
= NEXT_PTR
Set next block point e r
= TIMEOUT_PT R
TIM EOUT exp i red ?
Yes
No
No
Yes
Data Block Process
(BLOCK_TYPE= 2h)
Done 7115_62.A
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 215 02.98
3.12.3.3 Wait for Next Message
The next message that is received from the ISAR 34 is evaluated by the host. If this
message is identical to the message coding given in the data block, then the host jumps
to the block indicated by TRUE_PTR.
If the message coding is different, the next block to be processed by the host is indicated
by FALS_PTR.
In case this message is not receive d within a spec ified time (pa rameter TIM EOUT) the
host proceeds with the next block indicated by TIMEOUT_PTR. Both parameters are not
given in this data block, but they are global variables (see chapter 3.12.3.6 ).
Note: For the da ta fields IIS, CTRL_MSB, C TRL_LSB and MBOX onl y the LSB values
are evaluated. The MSBs are don’t care.
The length of the MBOX field n is determined by CTRL_LSB.
Received messages must always be stored by the host (see chapt er 3.12.3. 5).
Table 18 Block Structure - BLOCK_TYPE = 3H
Offset Type Field
0 dword [1] TRUE_PTR
4 dword [1] FALSE_PTR
8 word [1] IIS
10 word [1] CTRL_MSB
12 word [1] CTRL_LSB
14 word [n] MBOX
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 216 02.98
Figure 51 Data Block Process - Wait for Next Message
Data Block Process
(BLOCK_TYPE= 3h)
Start
Read data bl ock
New message
received from
ISAR 3 4 ?
Identical to
ref erenc e message ?
Set next block point er
= TRUE_PTR
Data Block Process
(BLOCK_TYPE= 3h)
Done
Set next block point er
= FALSE_PTR
S et next blo ck point er
= TIMEOUT_PTR
TIMEOUT expired ? No
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes The reference messa ge is
contained in the data block.
7115_62.A
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 217 02.98
3.12.3.4 Wait for Specific Message
The host c ompares all me ssages receiv ed from the ISAR 34 with the mes sage coding
given in the dat a block. If the re qui red messag e is rece ive d, the host procee ds with the
next block indicated by TRUE_PTR. All other messages are discarded.
If this message is not received within a specified time (parameter TIMEOUT) the host
proceeds with the next block indicated by TIMEOUT_PTR. Both parameters are not
given in this data block, but they are global variables (see chapter 3.12.3.6 ).
Note: For the da ta fields IIS, CTRL_MSB, C TRL_LSB and MBOX onl y the LSB values
are evaluated. The MSBs are don’t care.
The length of the MBOX field n is determined by CTRL_LSB.
Received messages must always be stored by the host (see chapt er 3.12.3. 5).
Table 19 Block Structure - BLOCK_TYPE = 4H
Offset Type Field
0 dword [1] TRUE_PTR
4 word [1] IIS
6 word [1 ] CTRL_MSB
8 word [1 ] CTRL_LSB
10 word [n] MBOX
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 218 02.98
Figure 52 Data Block Process - Wait for Specific Message
Data Block Proces s
(BLOCK_TYPE= 4h)
Start
Read data block
New message
received from
ISAR 34 ?
Identical to
referen ce mes sage ?
S et next bl ock pointer
= TRU E _PTR
Data Block Proces s
(BLOCK_TYPE= 4h)
Done
Set next block po int er
= TIMEOUT_PTR
TIMEOUT expired ? No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
The reference mess age is
contained in the data block.
7115_62.A
No
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 219 02.98
3.12.3.5 Compare Last Message
Generally, during the download procedure the host always has to store the last message
received from the ISAR 34. A new message will always overwrite the previous one.
In contrast to the last two chapters where the host waits for new messages, here the host
compares t he las t mes sage re ceived from t he ISAR 34 w ith th e giv en mes sage coding
in the data block.
If this message is identical to the given message coding the host jumps to the block
indicated by TRUE_PTR. If the message coding is different, the next block to be
processed by the host is indicated by FALS_PTR.
Note: For the da ta fields IIS, CTRL_MSB, C TRL_LSB and MBOX onl y the LSB values
are evaluated. The MSBs are don’t care.
The length of the MBOX field n is determined by CTRL_LSB.
To store messages from the ISAR 34 the host should be prepared to store up to 256 byte
of data from the mailbox (MBOX).
Table 20 Block Structure - BLOCK_TYPE = 5H
Offset Type Field
0 dword [1] TRUE_PTR
4 dword [1] FALSE_PTR
8 word [1] IIS
10 word [1] CTRL_MSB
12 word [1] CTRL_LSB
14 word [n] MBOX
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 220 02.98
Figure 53 Data Block Process - Compare Last Message
Data Block Process
(BLOCK_TYPE= 5h)
Start
Read data block
Las t messag e f rom
ISAR 34 identical to
reference message ?
Set next block po inte r
= TRUE_PTR
Data Block Process
(BLOCK_TYPE= 5h)
Done
Set next block pointer
= FALSE_PTR
No
Yes
The last ISAR 34 message
is stored in the host memory
area,
the refere nc e mess age is
contained in the data block.
7115_62.A
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 221 02.98
3.12.3.6 Set Coding Information
During the download procedures four global variables (TIMEOUT_PTR, TIMEOUT, HIS
and CTRL_MSB) are used for some of the data blocks.
If a parameter (e.g. HIS or CTRL_MSB) is not specified as a loca l variable in a speci fic
data block, the parameter setting from the global variable is to be used. These global
variables are initialized by the host when the procedures are started and they are
modified w hen this da ta bl ock oc curs . The glo bal vari abl es a re us ed b y th e da ta b loc ks
BLOCK_TYPE = 20H, 21H, 30H and 31H.
Some data blocks make use of a timer. The timeout value is specified in milliseconds
[ms] by TIMEOUT. If a timeout condition occurs the host jumps to the next data block
indicated by TIMEOUT_PTR.
After the four variables are set the host jumps to the next block indicated by NEXT_PTR.
Figure 54 Data Block Process - Set Coding Information
Table 21 Block Structure - BLOCK_TYPE = 6H
Offset Type Field Initial value:
0 dword [1] NEXT_PTR
4 dword [1] TIMEOUT_PTR 0
8 dword [1] TIMEOUT 0400H (= 1024 ms)
12 word [1] HIS 0
14 word [1] CTRL_MSB 0
Dat a Bl ock Proc e ss
(BLOCK_TYPE= 6h)
Start
Read data block
Store
TIMEOUT_PTR
TIMEOUT
HIS
CTRL_MSB
Set next block pointer
= NEXT_ PTR
Dat a Bl ock Proc e ss
(BLOCK_TYPE= 6h)
Done 7115_62.A
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 222 02.98
3.12.3.7 Set Status Informatio n
A status flag is used to i ndicate whethe r the complete dow nload procedure su cceeded
or failed. This flag is not required for the download mechanism itself but it is used as an
indication to the host. The host implements a variable STATUS that is intialized with the
value = FFFFH and modified with every "Set Status Information" block.
When this block occurs the status flag must be set by the host according to the
parameter STATUS of the data block. After that the host jumps to the next block
indicated by NEXT_PTR.
Since the flag can be modified several times during the download the host must not
evaluate it until the end of the download file is reached, i.e. the final information whether
the download is successful or not is only valid after the download procedures are
finished.
The STATUS flag indicates that the DSP program download was ...
STATUS = 0: ... successful
STATUS 0: ... not successful
Figure 55 Data Block Process - Set Status Information
Table 22 Block Structure - BLOCK_TYPE = 7H
Offset Type Field
0 dword [1] NEXT_PTR
4 word [1] STATUS
Data Block Process
(BLOCK _TYPE= 7h)
Start
Read data block
Store global variable
STATUS
Set next block pointer
= NEXT_ P TR
Data Block Process
(BLOCK _TYPE= 7h)
Done 7115_62.A
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 223 02.98
3.12.3.8 Write to Memory
The host writes data to the memory of the ISAR 34. Four different block types are
distinguished relating to the target memory to which data is downloaded, however the
structure of the data blocks is identical and the download mechanism is rather similar.
The host writes a message to the ISAR 34 that contains the code for program or data
memory. The mechnism to write a message is shown in detail in the flow charts. The
parameters like START_ADDR and LENGTH, as well as the code data (MBOX) itself is
contained in the data block.
If the write message is a cknowledged by the ISAR 34, the host jumps to the next data
block indicated by TRUE_PTR. If a different message than acknowledge is received, the
next valid block is indicated by FALSE_PTR.
If a timeout condition occurs (parameter TIMEOUT) the host proceeds with the next
block indicated by TIMEOUT_PTR. Both parameters are not given in this data block, but
they are global variables (see chapter 3.12.3.6).
Note: The length of the DATA field n is determined by LENGTH.
Table 23 Types of Memory Write Data Blocks
BLOCK_TYPE Function
00000020HWrite internal data memory.
00000021HWrite internal program memory.
00000030HWrite external data memory.
00000031HWrite external progra m memory.
Table 24 Block Structure - BLOCK_TYPE = 20H, 21H, 30H, 31H
Offset Type Field
0 dword [1] TRUE_PTR
4 dword [1] FALSE_PTR
8 dword [1] START_ADDR
12 dword [1] LENGTH
16 word [n] DATA
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 224 02.98
Figure 56 Data Block Process - Write to Memory
Data Block Process
(BLOC K_TYPE= 20h, 21h, 30h or 31h)
Start
Read data bloc k
7115_62.A
Initialize local variables
LEN = LENGTH
ADDR = START_ADDR
NUMWORDS = 7Ch
The local variables LEN, ADDR and NUMWORDS
are only valid and used during this block process.
The parameters LENGTH and START_ADDR
are contained in the data block.
LEN = 0 ?
Set next block pointer
= TRUE_PTR
Data Block Process
Done
ISAR 34 mailbox free
(HIA = 0) ?
TIMEOUT expired ?
Set next block pointer
= TIMEOUT_PTR
Data Block Process
Done
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
LEN < NUMWORDS
?
BLOCK_TYPE ?
Set
NUMWORDS = LEN
Yes
Write message to ISAR 34:
HIS (global variable)
CTRL_MSB (global variable)
CTRL_LSB = 2 x NUMWORDS + 3
mbox[0] = b8-b15 of ADDR
mbox[1] = b0-b7 of ADDR
mbox[2] = NUMW ORDS
mbox[3] = MSB of data 1
mbox[4] = LSB of data1
mbox[5] = MSB of data 2
:
:
(Note: b16-b31 of ADDR not used)
Wr ite mes sa g e to ISAR 34:
HIS (global variable)
CTRL_MSB (global variable)
CTRL_LSB = 2 x NUMWORDS + 4
mbox[0] = b0-b7 of AD DR
mbox[1] = b8-b15 of AD DR
mbox[2] = b16-b23 of ADDR
mbox[3] = b24-b31 of ADDR
mbox[4] = LSB of data1
mbox[5] = MSB of data 1
mbox[6] = LSB of data 2
:
:
0020h or 0021h 0030h or 0031h
Set
LEN = LEN - NUMWORDS
ADDR = ADDR + NU MWORDS
TIMEOUT expired ?
Set next block pointer
= TIMEOUT_ PTR
Data Block Process
Done
No
Yes
New message
received fro m
ISAR 34 ?
Received mes sage
from ISAR 34 is
acknowledge
(IIS = HIS + 1) ?
Set next block pointer
= FALSE_PTR
Data Block Process
Done
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 225 02.98
3.13 Fax Class 1 Implementation
This chapter gives more details on the implementation of fax group 3 on the ISAR
34 PSB 7115. It is expected that the controlling protocol residing on the host is either an
implementation of the Service Class 1 Command Set (EIA/TIA-578) or ITU-T T.30.
It must be noted that for pump mode “Fax Modulations”, the SART unit is not to be
configured as described in chapter 3.4 SART Configuration. Transmission and reception
of HDLC framed and binary data is only controlled by pump control commands (see
chapter 3.6.2.1) and pump status events (see chapter 3.7.3.1), i.e. the SART must not
be reconfigured to HDLC or binary mode.
However, data is transferred by use of SART data messages together with framing
dependent control commands and status events (see chapters 3.5.1 and 3.5.2 SART
Data).
Fax Pump Control
Fax Data Transfer
For configu ration o f the wh ole data path, first the buffe r should be config ured and t hen
the pump and the IOM-2 interface. Configuration of SART and pump to the required
framing and modulation scheme (e.g. HDLC framing and 300 bit/s /V.21Ch2) is set by
single pump control commands as mentioned above. Further configuration data
(modulation and silence duration) is passed by additional parameters to the pump
control commands.
Pump control commands Host ISAR 34 3.6.2.1
Pump status events ISAR 34 Host 3.7.3.1
SART control commands - along with transmit data Host ISAR 34 3.5.2
SART status events - along with receive data ISAR 34 Ho st 3.5.1
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 226 02.98
3.13.1 Summary of ISAR 34 Fax Control Commands
CMD_FTH Starts transmission of HDLC frames.
The SART is set to HDLC mode and the pump is set to
modulation mode. The additional parameter contains the
datarate of the pump modulation mode (V.21Ch2) at which data
is to be transmitted.
CMD_FRH Starts reception of HDLC frames.
The SART is set to HDLC mode and the pump is set to
modulation mode. The additional parameter contains the
datarate of the pump modulation mode (V.21Ch2) at which data
is to be received.
CMD_FTM Starts transmission of binary data.
The SART is set to binary mode and the pump is set to
modulation mode.The additional parameter contains the datarate
of the pump modulation mode (V.17, V.29, V.27ter) at which data
is to be transmitted.
CMD_FRM Starts reception of binary data.
The SART is set to binary mode and the pump is set to
modulation mode.The additional parameter contains the datarate
of the pump modulation mode (V.17, V.29, V.27ter) at which data
is to be received.
CMD_SIL_DET_ON Starts to wait a determined length of time.
The additional parameter contains the silence duration which is
to be waited. It is not mandatory and can be omitted , if the
previous setting of this parameter is still valid.
CMD_CONTINUE Handshake message from the host to indicate that the host is
ready to do the task (transmit/receive) which it selected before.
CMD_ESCAPE This command is a regular escape in receive modes and a break
in transmit modes.
CMD_SIL_DET_OFF Break of silence detection.
CMD_HALT Shut down from fax pump idle state.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 227 02.98
3.13.2 Summary of ISAR 34 Fax Status Events
RSP_READY Response to CMD_ANSWER and CMD_ORIGINATE
LINE_TX_HDLC Response to CMD_FTH in order to indicate that the modulation
has been establ ish ed.
LINE_TX_BINARY Response to CMD_FTM in order to indicate that the modulation
has been establ ish ed.
LINE_RX_HDLC Response to CMD_FRH in order to indicate that the modulation
has been establ ish ed.
LINE_RX_BINARY Response to CMD_FRM in order to indicate that the modulation
has been establ ish ed.
RSP_CONNECT Indication that the fax pump is ready to receive or transmit data.
RSP_DISC Indication that the fax pump has turned off modulation after
transmitting all pending data / after the host issues the command
CMD_ESCAPE
RSP_FCERROR Indication that the fax pump has detected a “wrong” modulation
before it releases the event RSP_CONNECT.
RSP_SIL_DET Indication that the prior selected duration of silence time has
occured
FLAGS_DETECT Indication that the fax pump has detected flags.
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 228 02.98
3.13.3 Procedure Termination
In resp onse to control c ommand s ge nerated b y the ho st, t he fax pu mp inv oke s variou s
procedures. Another procedure cannot be invoked until the previous procedure has been
terminated. Procedure termination may either be indicated by the fax pump or
commanded by the host. The table below shows the termination indications and
commands for each of the procedures.
When no pro cedure is curren tly active, th e fax pump is in an idle st ate. During the idle
state, the command CMD_ESCAPE will be ignored by the fax pump, however, the host
may issue the command CMD_HALT to shut down the fax pump. This is normally done
when a fax session has ended and the telephone connection is released.
Table 25 Fax Class 1 - Procedure Termination
Prodedure Indication of Procedure
Termination
(ISAR 34 Host)
Command for Procedure
Termination
(Host ISAR 34)
Start as Originator RSP_READY CMD_ESCAPE
Start as Answerer RSP_READY CMD_ESCAPE
HDLC Transmi t RSP_DISC CMD_ESCAPE
HDLC Receive RSP_FCERROR CMD_ESCAPE
Binary Transmit RSP_DISC CMD_ESCAPE
Binary Receive RSP_FCERROR CMD_ESCAPE
Wait for Silence RSP_SIL_DET RSP_SIL_DET_OFF
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 229 02.98
3.13.4 Fax Pump Startup Procedure
The host configures the fax pump either as originator or answerer when a physical
connection has been established. After initialisation, the fax pump responds with
RSP_READY, indicating, that it is ready for the next procedure.
At this point the host must issue either a command CMD_FRH or CMD_FTH depending
upon if the host is answering or originating a facsimile connection. The interaction of the
host and the faxpump is as shown in the flow charts for transmission and reception of
HDLC and binary data.
Figure 57 Fax Class 1 - Startup Procedure
ATA or ATD
Establish
physical connection,
Configure pump to
Fax Originator/Answerer
Event
RSP_READY
?
Yes
No Abort character
from DTE
?
No
Yes
Generate Command
CMD_HALT
Teardown
physical connection
Issue
"OK"
Done
Proceed as with
"AT+FTH=3"
IF ANSWERER, or
"AT+FRH=3"
IF ORIGINATOR
7115_51
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 230 02.98
3.13.5 HDLC Transmi ssion
A host can control HDLC frame transmission during a fax group 3 session by issuing the
command CMD_FTH to the fax pump. HDLC transmission is specified by the T.30
procedure during the exchange of control information. Some applications may
alternatively implement HDLC framing directly, they would then use binary transmission
for the transmission of their HDLC bit stream.
,
Figure 58 Fax Class 1 - HDLC Transmission
AT+FTH=<MOD>
Generate Command
CMD_FTH
(set parameter <MOD>)
Event
LINE_TX_HDLC
?
Generate Command
CMD_CONTINUE
Event
RSP_CONNECT
?
No
Yes
No
Yes
Issue
"CONNECT"
E
<DLE><ETX>
seen ?
5 sec timeout
expired ? B
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Data available
from DTE ?
Transfer data to fax pump
Mask FRAME_START onto 1st byte
Mask FRAME_END onto last byte
Last databyte
sent ?
B
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
<DLE><ETX>
seen ? Final frame ?
7115_52
E
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 231 02.98
3.13.6 Binary Transmission
A host can control binary transmission during a fax group 3 session by issuing the
command CMD_FTM to the fax pump. Binary transmission is specified by the T.30
procedure during the exchange of image.
Figure 59 Fax Class 1 - Binary Transmission
AT+FTM=<MOD>
Generate Command
CMD_CONTINUE
Generate Command
CMD_FTM
(set parameter <MOD>)
Event
LINE_TX_BIN
?
Event
RSP_CONNECT
?
Issue
"CONNECT"
Data
from DTE ?
5 sec
timeout
expired?
Transfer DTE data
to fax pump
Buffer
empty ?
Last
dataword
NUL ?
<DLE><ETX>
seen ?
Buffer
empty ?
5 sec
timeout
expired?
<DLE><ETX>
seen ? E
B
B
E
B
No
Yes No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
No Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
7115_53
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 232 02.98
3.13.7 HDL C Re ception
A host can control HDLC frame reception during a fax group 3 session by issuing the
command CMD_FRH to the fax pump. HDLC reception is specified by the T.30
procedure during the exchange of control information. Some applications may
alternatively implement HDLC framing directly, they would then use binary reception for
the reception of their HDLC bit stream.
Figure 60 Fax Class 1 - HDLC Reception
AT+FRH=<MOD>
Generate Command
CMD_FRH
(set parameter <MOD>)
Event
RSP_CONNECT
?
Yes
No Event
RSP_FCERROR
?
Yes
No
No
Yes A
Generate
Continue
Event
LINE_RX_HDLC
?
Yes
No Event
RSP_FCERROR
?
Abort character
from DTE ?
Yes
No
No
Yes A
C
Issue
"Connect"
Transfer data
from fax pump to DTE
No
No
No
Yes
Abort character
from DTE ?
DU_FRAME_END
seen ? NO_MORE_DATA
flag seen ?
Send
<DLE><ETX>
to DTE A
D
B
Done
Yes
No
Frame received
correctly ?
Issue
"OK"
Generate Command
CMD_ESCAPE
No
Yes
Same FRH
command ?
Different command
?
C
Abort character
from DTE ?
Send
<DLE><ETX>
to DTE
Send
<DLE><ETX>
to DTE
No
Yes
Yes
7115_54
Yes
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 233 02.98
3.13.8 Binary Reception
A host can control binary reception during a fax group 3 session by issuing the command
CMD_FRM to the fax pump. Binary recept ion is spe cified by the T.30 proce dure during
the exchange of image.
Figure 61 Fax Cla ss 1 - Binary Reception
AT+FRM=<MOD>
Generate Command
CMD_FRM
(set parameter <MOD>)
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
Event
LINE_RX_BINARY
?
Event
RSP_FCERROR
?
Abort character
from DTE ? A
C
Generate Command
CMD_CONTINUE
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Y
Event
RSP_CONNECT
?
Event
RSP_FCERROR
?
Abort character
from DTE ? A
C
Issue
"CONNECT"
Transfer data from
fax pump to DTE
No
Yes
No
Yes
NO_MORE_DATA
flag seen ?
Abort character
from DTE ? Send <DLE><ETX>
to DTE A
D
Send <DLE><ETX>
to DTE
7115_55
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 234 02.98
3.13.9 Call Termination
Figure 62 Fax Class 1 - Call Termination
3.13.10 Procedure Terminations
Figure 63 Fax Class 1 - Procedure Terminations
ATH
Generate Command
CMD_HALT
Teardown
physical connection
Issue
"OK"
Done
7115_56
Generate
CMD_ESCAPE Issue
"OK" DONE
D
C
B
A
Generate
CMD_ESCAPE
Generate
CMD_ESCAPE
Generate
CMD_ESCAPE
Issue
"ERROR"
Issue
"FCERROR"
Issue
"NO CARRIER"
DONE
DONE
DONE
Issue dummy data byte
with NO_MORE_DATA
flag set
Issue
"OK" DONE
E
7115_56
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 235 02.98
3.14 Startup Procedures
After a physical connection between two modems has been established, certain
procedures can be started before signals are exchanged which are specific to a
particular modem standard (V.34bis, V.32bis, ... ). These procedures are used to
determine the type of modulation at which data is transferred right after completion of the
startup procedure.
The ISAR 34 is able to make use of the negotiation standard ITU-T V.8 and the
Automode operation according to EIA/TIA PN-2330, which are described in the following
chapters. After the host configures the datapump to data modem modulations with
startup procedures (V.8, automode) enabled, it can request the selected modulation
scheme from the ISAR 34 as soon as the modulation has been established between both
modems.
3.14.1 V.8 Negotiation
In V.8 mode the answerer starts with transmitting the answer tone ANSam and monitors
the reception of the call tone. If the originator does not indicate V.8 capability or the V.8
procedures fail, the ISAR 34 will proceed with Automode answerer operation.
Figure 64 V.8 Answering Mode
Connect to Line
ANSWERING MODE
Send ANSam,
Monitor Si gnals
Call tone (CI)
signal detected ?
Done
Yes
Proceed with Autom ode
(Answerer) operation
No
7115_61.A
V.8 signalling
successful ? No
Yes
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 236 02.98
The V.8 originator starts with transmission of the call tone while monitoring for the
answering tone. If the answerer does not indicate V.8 ca pability or the V.8 procedure s
fail, the ISAR 34 will proceed with Automode originator operation.
Figure 65 V.8 Originating Mode
V.34bis modulation can only be achieved by using the V.8 negotiation mechansim as the
automode op eration does not prov ide for the upgrade from V.32b is to V.34bis. In other
words, if V.8 is not used or V.8 fails, V.34bis modulation can not be selected.
3.14.2 Automode Operation
Automode selection is available based on EIA/TIA PN-2330.
When enable d, th e data pum p w ill determ ine the c omm unic ati on s tandard suppo rted b y
the re mote modem and con figure i tself acc ording. That means the mod ulation sc heme
and the data rate is automatically set without any host control.
The following figures show the flowcharts corresponding to the DSP algorithm used in
supporting automode originating and answering mode. The signals indicated in both
figures relate to the ITU-T V.32bis specification.
Connect to Line
ORIGINATING MODE
Send Call Tone,
Monitor Si gnals
Answer tone ANSam
signal detected ?
Yes
Proceed with Autom ode
(Originator) operation
No
7115_61.A
Done
V.8 signalling
successful ? No
Yes
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 237 02.98
Figure 66 Automode Answerer
AUTOMODE
ANSWERING MODE
Send Ans wer Tone (2100 Hz),
Monitor Signals
AA detected or
ANS timeout (3.6 s)? V.32bis
AA
Send USB1, Monit or Signals
St art Ti me r (1000 ms)
Timeout
1270 Hz, 980 Hz, S1,
SB1 detected or timeout?
Bell 103
V.21
V.22
V.22bis
1270 Hz
980 Hz
SB1
S1
Timeout
Stop USB1, Send A C,
Start Timer (800 m s)
AA detected or timeout ? V.32bis
AA
Timeout
St op A C, Transmi t 1650 Hz,
St art Ti me r (2000 ms)
1270 Hz, 980 Hz
detect ed or timeout ? V.21
980 Hz
Bell 103
1270 Hz
Timeout
St op 1650 Hz, Transm it 1300 Hz,
St art Ti me r (2000 ms)
390 Hz detected
or timeout ?
V.32bis
V.23
390 Hz
Timeout
S1, SB1 detected or
timeout?
V.22
V.22bis
SB1
S1
Send USB1, Monit or Signals
St art Ti me r (2000 ms)
Timeout
7115_61.A
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Semiconductor Group 238 02.98
Figure 67 Automode Originator
AUTOMODE
ORIGINATING MODE
Monitor Signals
1650 Hz, 1300 Hz,
2225 Hz, AC, US B1
or ANS ? V.23
AC V.32bis
V.21
1650 Hz
1300 Hz
Monitor Signals,
Start T i m er (3100 ms)
USB1,
2225 Hz
AC detected or timeout ? V.32bis
AC
Send S1 / SB1,
Start T i m er (2140 ms)
Timeout
S1/SB1 detected or
tim eout ? V .22 / V. 22bi s
S1 or SB 1
Bell 103
Timeout
1 second delay
Send AA, Start Timer
Wait for end of ANS
-> Stop Timer
1650 Hz, 1300 Hz,
2225 Hz, AC or USB1 ? V.23
AC V.32bis
V.21
1650 Hz
1300 Hz
USB1,
2225 Hz
Timer < 800 ms ?
ANS
No
Yes 7115_61.A
PSB 7115
Summary of Messages
Semiconductor Group 239 02.98
4 Summary of Messages
DPS
Buffer Configuration S e tup
Functional
Block Mode M essage Type R ead/
Write HIS / IIS CTRL MSB C TRL L S B 1 . P a ra me te r 2. Pa ra m e te r 3 . P a rame te r
4 . Pa rameter 5. P ara m e te r ... P aramete rs
WR
RD
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 0 0 1 0 1
1 0 0 0 0 0
1 0 0 0 0 0
1 0 0 1 1 0
Pump
0 0 0 0 0 BBP 1 M ML
Buffer Configuration Request WR 00
Buffer Configuration Response - - - - - B B P 2 MM L M P L
Buffer Control Com m and WR 0 0 0 0 0 0 CRB 0
Buffer
Buffer
Status Request WR 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 STS 0
Status Resp onse RD - - - - RDM3 -2 -1 -0 6 NBR L N BR M N MR
NBTL NBTM NMT
Buffer Status E vent - Specific RD STEV 0
Buffer Status E vent - General RD 0
SAR T Configuration SetupHDLC WR HDM C 0 0 SM O DE 1 0 0 0 HIO
IF F FL EN EDF DUO
SAR T Configuration SetupASYNC WR
SAR T Configuration SetupBinary WR
HD MC 0 0 SM O DE
HD MC 0 0 SM O DE
20 OVSP SNP PSL
E D P N S B C H S BFT
0 0 0 0 0 0 DUO B SW DUFW2
1 0 0 1 0 1
1 0 0 1 0 1
SART HDLC
SART ASYNC
S ART B in a r y S ta tu s Eve n t with R eceive Da ta
Status Event with Receive Data
Status Event with Receive Data RD
RD
RD
1 0 0 0 0 0
1 0 0 0 0 0
-FED FSD FAD RER CER-NMD
NOM 1s t d ata b y te 2 n d d a ta byte .... data byt e s
- - BRE BRS DSD PER - - NOM 1s t d ata b y te 2n d d a ta byte .... d a ta by tes
- - - - - - - N M D NOM 1s t d ata b y te 2n d d a ta b yte .... d a ta by tes
SART HDLC
SART ASYNC
SART Binary
Control Command with Transmit Data
Control Command with Transmit Data
Control Command with Transmit Data
WR
WR
WR
1 0 0 0 0 0
1 0 0 0 0 0
0 FE D FS T G FA 0 0 0 NMD
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 NM D
NOM 1s t d ata b y te 2 n d d a ta byte .... data byt e s
NOM 1s t d ata b y te 2 n d d a ta byte .... data byt e s
NOM 1s t d ata b y te 2 n d d a ta byte .... data byt e s
0 0 SO B SAB DSB V42 0 0
Pump
Fax Modulations Configuration Setup WR
WR
Co nfiguration Se tupDatamodem Modulations
0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 OAM 0 0 0 PMO D
OA M 0 0 0 PMO D
0 0 0 0 0 ATN 0 CTN 0 0 0 TOA
0 0 0 TOA
0 0 V 22B 0 V 22 0 V21 BE L AM OD V8 0 0 0 V 34 V 32 V23
V32R (LSB)
V32R (MSB)
0 0 0 0 GT S AT N CT N
0 1
DPS
DPS
DPS
DPS
DPS
DPS
MSC 0 0
MSC 0 0
MSC 0 0
MSC MDS
MSC MDS
MSC MDS
MSC MDS
DPS
DPS
DPS
DPS
DPS
DPS
DPS
DPS
DPS
SAR T Disabled Configuration Setup WR 0 0 0 0 SMO DE1 0 0 1 0 1DPS
2
0
- - - - RD M3 -2 -1 - 0
4
11
CODD
CLDD
V34R (LSB) V34R (MS B)
CODD CLDD
7115_70
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
PSB 7115
Summary of Messages
Semiconductor Group 240 02.98
Functional
Block M ode Me ssage Type Read/
Write HIS / IIS C TR L M S B C TR L LS B 1 . Pa ram e te r 2. P ara m e ter 3. P ara m e ter
4 . Pa rame ter 5. P a ram e ter ... Pa rame ters
1 0 1 0 1 0
0 0 1 1 1 0
Pump WR
Co nfigu ratio n Se t up
Halfduplex M odu lations 1 0 0 1 1 0 OA M 0 0 0 PM O D 0 0 0 TOA
V 17C V 17D V 29A V 29B
V2 9 C V2 7 A V2 7 B V2 1 0 0 0 EPT 0 0 V17 A V17B
Pump WR
Co nfigu ratio n Se t up
V.110 D PS 0 0 0 0 0 PM OD
Pump
Pump
Pump
Co nfigu ratio n Se t up
Co nfigu ratio n Se t up
WR
WR
WR
2 V D R 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 FC T
Bypass
DTMF DDIR 0 0 0 P MO D
0 0 0 0 0 PM OD
6REL
0 0 0 TOA
0
Pump
Pump
Pump
Pump
Fax Mo dulations
Datamodem Modulations
Halfduplex M odu lations
V.110
Bypass
Con trol Com m and
Con trol Com m and
Con trol Com m and
Con trol Com m and
Con trol Com m and
Con trol Com m andPump
WR
WR
WR
WR
WR
0 NOM MODC or SLD
2
03
0 0 0 0 X S B S A 1 SA0
n o t d e fin ed
DCMDL
n o t d e fin ed
Pump
Pump
Pump
Pump
Pump
Fax Mo dulations
Halfduplex M odu lations
V.110
Bypass
DTMF
Pump
WR
RD
Status Request
Datamodem Modulations
1 0 1 1 1 0
00
Pump
(all mo des)
Status Response
RD
Status Response
Status Response RD
Status Response RD
Status Response RD
Status Response
1 0 1 1 1 0
1 0 1 1 1 0
1 0 1 1 1 0
O AM 0 0 0 PM O D
O AM 0 0 0 PM O D
O AM 0 0 0 PM O D
2RILRIM
2RILRIM
- CLD RTY TMO
- - RRN LRN
RD
RD
6RILRIM
- - - RO F 0
ROF 1 RO N1 ROFX RON
- - - - X SB SA1 SA0 - E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 FRC
2RILRIM
2RILRIM
1 0 1 1 1 0
0 1
0 1
0 1
0 1
0 1
0 1
0 1
0 1
0 1
RIL RIM
- - R RT L R T
- RRP CO N NEG
DPS
DPS
DPS
DPS
DPS
0 0 0 0 0 PM OD
CODD CLDD
1 0 0 1 1 0
1 0 0 1 1 0
1 0 0 1 1 0
1 0 1 0 1 0
1 0 1 0 1 0
1 0 1 0 1 0
FCMDL FCMDH
DCMDL DCMDH
0 E 1 E 2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E 7 FR C
or: or:
03 TDIGDCMDH
Pump
C/I-Channel
Con trol Com m and WR
1 1
1 0 1 0 1 0
CIC
0
RIT
7115_71
0
TW_LSB TW_MSB
DON DOFF
DTMF
V CMDL VCM D H 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 C CT or:
or:
10 0 0 R O F 0
ROF1 RON1 ROFX RONX
or:
5
Pump Disabled Status Response RD DPS 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 PM OD
0 0 0 0 0 PM OD1 0 1 1 1 0
0
5
D D IR 0 0 0 P M O D
PSB 7115
Summary of Messages
Semiconductor Group 241 02.98
0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0
Functional
Block M ode Message Type Read/
Write HIS / IIS CT RL MSB CTR L LSB 1. Parameter 2. Param eter 3. Pa rameter
4. P a ram e ter 5. P a rame ter ... P ara m ete rs
D P S 1 0 1 0 1 0
1 0 1 0 0 0
Pump
Pump
Pump
Pump
Fax M odulations
H alfduplex Modu lations
V.110
Bypass
DTMF
Pump
RD
D atam odem M o dulations
Pump
RD
RD
RD
RD
Status Events
0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0
0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0
Status Events
Status Events
Status Events
Status Events
- - - - - D E VTH
2
DEVTL
HEVTL
NOM - - - - X SB SA1 SA0
RDIG3
Status Events
RD not defined
IOM -2 Configuration Setup - Path 1 and 2 WR 1 0 0 1 1 1 IOM 0 0 0 COD RCV 5 0 0 0 TXD RXD TSL 0 0 RTSO 0 0 0 0 0 RCS
0 0 TTSO 0 0 0 0 0 TCS
IOM -2 Configuration R equest - Specific WR 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0
IOM -2 Configuration R esponse - Path 1 and 2 RD 1 0 0 1 1 1 IOM 0 0 0 COD RCV 5 0 0 0 TXD RXD TSL 0 0 RTSO 0 0 0 0 0 RCS
0 0 TTSO 0 0 0 0 0 TCS
IOM -2 Control Comm and - Gene ral WR ICMD 0
DPS
DPS
DPS
0
0
0
2
2
- - - - - F E V T H
- - - - - H E VTH
FEVTL
- E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 - - - R OF 0
ROF1 RON1 ROFX RONX
or:
or:
Pump D - and C/I- C hannel RDRD 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0
Status Events DCIE 0
IOM -2 Configuration Setup - Path 3 WR 1 0 0 1 1 1 DED TIC CED 0 0 TAD 01 1
IOM -2 Configuration R equest - General WR 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 00 0
IOM -2 Configuration R esponse - General RD 1 0 1 0 0 0 - D C L A M O - - - - - 00 0
IOM -2 Configuration R esponse - Path 3 RD 1 0 0 1 1 1 0DED TIC CED 0 0 TAD1 1
1 0 1 0 0 1 ICM D 0
1 0 1 0 1 1
IOM -2 Control Comm and - Path 1 and 2 WR ICMD 0DPS
0 0
0 0
1 0 1 0 0 1
IO M-2 S ta tu s Eve n t s RD IEVT 00 0
7115_72
0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 DEV TL0
0 - - - - - V EV T H
- - - - - D E VTH
VEVTL
PSB 7115
Summary of Messages
Semiconductor Group 242 02.98
Functional
Block Mode Message Type Read/
Write HIS / IIS CTRL MSB CTRL LSB 1. Parameter 2. Parameter 3. Parameter
4. Parameter 5. Parameter ... Parameters
0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1
0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1
0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1
Test/Diag.
Test/Diag.
Test/Diag.
Timer Interrupt On / Off WR
SVNL
0
Software Version Request WR 10h 0
Software Version Response RD 10h 2
Test/Diag. Timer Interrupt Event RD 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0
CMD
Test/Diag.
Test/Diag.
Test/Diag. Invalid Message Received
Request Selftest Result
Selftest Response
RD
RD
WR
0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1
0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1
0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0
40h
40h
INV
0
1
0
0 0 PRO DRO
PRR MB1 MB0 0
0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1
Channel 0 Configuration Setup WR 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 MCE NOM
MONITOR Channel MAM MRA 0 0 0 SLIN CSEL
0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1
Channel 0 Configuration Request WR 0
MONITOR Channel 0
0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1
Channel 0 Configuration Response RD 3
MONITOR Channel 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 MCE MAM MRA 0 0 0 SLIN CSEL
0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0
Channel 0 Receive Data RD
MONITOR Channel - MED MSD - - - - - NOM 1st data byte 2nd data byte ... data bytes
0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0
Channel 0 Transmit Data WR
MONITOR Channel 0 MED MSD 0 0 0 0 0 NOM 1st data byte 2nd data byte ... data bytes
0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0
Channel 0 Status Event RD
MONITOR Channel MEVT 0
SVNH
Test/Diag. Soft Reset WR 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 RCMD 0
7115_73
20 EVTL - - - - - EVTH
0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0
0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1
Test/Diag.
Test/Diag. CVNL
Chip Version Request WR 00
Chip Version Response RD 2CVNH
The following two messages are not defined after
the DSP program download is finished:
0
0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0
GPIO Output Register Set/Reset WR 4
GPIO Open Drain Select WR 20h 4
GPIO Strobed Input 30h 4
GPIO Direction Select
0
GPIO Interrupt Mask
GPIO Status Request
WR 40h
0
4
0
GPIO Status Event/Message RD 02
4
Channel 0
Channel 0
Channel 0
Channel 0
Channel 0
Channel 0
General Purpose IOs
General Purpose IOs
General Purpose IOs
General Purpose IOs
General Purpose IOs
General Purpose IOs
Channel 0
General Purpose IOs
0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0
0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0
0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0
0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0
0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0
0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0
WR
WR
WR
10h
R(7:0)
S8 R8 S(7:0)
ST(7:0) ST8
IN(7:0)
OUT8 IN8 OUT(7:0)
OD(7:0)
PP8 OD8 PP(7:0)
C(7:0)
S8 C8 S(7:0)
RM(7:0)
SM8 RM8 SM(7:0)
PSB 7115
Example Configuration Settings
Semiconductor Group 243 02.98
5 Example Configuration Settings
To give a better understanding how to program each of the parameters, some examples
are given below for each of the functional blocks.
The mechanism to transfer messages from the host to the ISAR 34 is described in
chapter 3.1.5. It sho uld be n oted , th at th e host interru pt s tatus regist er (H IS) mus t o nly
be written as the last register access for the message.
Buffer Configuration
Set channel 1 to buffer base priority 5 and maximum message length of 32:
Control Reg. MSB = 05h
Control Reg. LSB = 01h
1. Parameter = 20h
HIS = 64h
Set channel 2 to buffer base priority 3 without changing the maximum message length:
Control Reg. MSB = 03h
Control Reg. LSB = 0
No parameters
HIS = A4h
Set channel 2 to maximum message length 32 without changing the buffer base priority:
Control Reg. MSB = 0
Control Reg. LSB = 1
1. Parameter = 20h
HIS = A4h
SART Configuration
Set channel 1 to HDLC mode with regular I/O, “1” as interframe fill and 16 bit FCS length.
In case of data underrun, FCS and final flag should be generated automatically (TX
direction): Control Reg. MSB = 03h
Control Reg. LSB = 01h
1. Parameter = 09h
HIS = 65h
Set channel 2 to V.14 mode (synchronous modulation) with overspeed range "1 of 4",
even parity, two stop bits, 6 bit character size and a buffer flush timeout of 32:
Control Reg. MSB = 02h
Control Reg. LSB = 02h
1. Parameter = 5Dh
2. Parameter = 20h
HIS = A5h
PSB 7115
Example Configuration Settings
Semiconductor Group 244 02.98
Pump Configuration
Set channel 1 to faxmodulations in originating mode, 6 db transmitter output attenuation,
calling tone enabled, carrier on detect duration of 800 ms and carrier loss detect duration
of 2000 ms: Control Reg. MSB = 81h
Control Reg. LSB = 04h
1. Parameter = 01h
2. Parameter = 06h
3. Parameter = 08h
4. Parameter = 14h
HIS = 66h
Important Note:
If the pump is set to faxmodulations, the SART must not be
configured as this is controlled by fax control commands which
support implementation of fax class1 (see chapter 3.13 Fax
Class 1 Implementation).
Set channel 1 to automode data modulation in answering mode with 8 db transmitter
output attenuation with answer tone enabled and all modulation schemes are disabled
except V.32bis with data rates up to 12000 bit/s only. V.8 is disabled, the carrier on
detect duration is 600 ms and carrier loss detect duration is 1400 ms:
Control Reg. MSB = 42h
Control Reg. LSB = 0Bh
1. Parameter = 0
2. Parameter = 82h
3. Parameter = 0Fh
4. Parameter = F1h
5. Parameter = 0
6. Parameter = 0
7. Parameter = 02h
8. Parameter = 0
9. Parameter = 08h
10. Parameter = 06h
11. Parameter = 0Eh
HIS = 66h
PSB 7115
Example Configuration Settings
Semiconductor Group 245 02.98
IOM-2 Configuration
Set channel 1 to the first timeslot on the IOM-2 interface with 8-bit timeslot length and
regular switching of TX/RX paths. PCM data is A-law encoded and rate conversion is
enabled (typical IOM-2 configuration for pump modes fax, datamodem and halfduplex
modulations): Control Reg. MSB = 83h
Control Reg. LSB = 05h
1. Parameter = 10h
2. Parameter = 0
3. Parameter = 0
4. Parameter = 0
5. Parameter = 0
HIS = 67h
Set channel 2 to the third timeslot on the IOM -2 interface with 8-bit timesl ot length and
mapping of tra nsmitter and rece iver to DD and DU of IOM-2 respec tively. PCM data is
µ-law encoded. This configuration might be used e.g. for pump mode DTMF:
Control Reg. MSB = 84h
Control Reg. LSB = 05h
1. Parameter = 08h
2. Parameter = 02h
3. Parameter = 0
4. Parameter = 02h
5. Parameter = 0
HIS = A7h
The configuration of the IOM-2 interface has to make sure that the selected timeslots for
channel 1 and 2 do not overlap, even if one of the channels is currently disabled by
setting the IOM-bit to 0.
PSB 7115
Detailed Register Description
Semiconductor Group 246 02.98
6 Detailed Register Description
6.1 Register Address Map
6.2 Register Description
RST ISAR 34 Reset
The host resets the ISAR 34 by writing RST=1 and it is active until this bit is reset
again (RST=0). The host must ensure that the reset is active for at least 2 ms,
which has the same function as a hardware reset.
Address Read Write
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
08h RST RST
07h –––––
MSK –––––––STA––
06h Host Control Register High ISAR 34 Control Register High
05h Host Control Register Low ISAR 34 Control Register Low
04h –––––––IIA ISAR 34 Interrupt Status (IIS)
03h Host Interrupt Status (HIS) –––––––HIA
02h Mailbox I/O data
01h Mailbox write address
00h Mailbox read address
Reset Bit Read/Write Address 08h
Value afte r Reset: xxxx xxx0
76543210
–––––––RST
PSB 7115
Detailed Register Description
Semiconductor Group 247 02.98
MSK Interrupt mask
All internal interrupt sources can be masked by setting MSK to ‘0’. In this case
the interrupt is not indicated by activating the interrupt line, however it remains
internally stored and pending until the MSK bit is set to ‘1’ (i.e. the interrupt is
enabled).
STA Interrupt status
The STA bit indicates an interrupt status of the ISAR 34. If set to ‘1’, an internal
interrupt is pending.
The MSB of the control word contains configuration, status or control information,
depending on the message specified by the HIS/IIS register.
Interrupt Mask Bit Write Address 07h
Value after Reset: xxxx x1xx
76543210
–––––MSK––
Interrupt Status Bit Read Address 07h
Value after Reset: xxxx x0xx
76543210
–––––
STA
Host/ISAR 34 Control Register High Write/Read Address 06h
76543210
PSB 7115
Detailed Register Description
Semiconductor Group 248 02.98
The LSB of the control word contains the number of additional bytes in the mailbox,
which depends on the message specified by the HIS/IIS register.
IIA ISAR 34 Interrupt Acknowledge
After reading a complete message from the ISAR 34 mailbox, the host sets IIA to
‘0’ to indicate to the ISAR 34, that the current message transfer is complete and
a new message transfer may be started.
The ISAR 34 interrupt status register (IIS) contains the source of the interrupt, i.e. buffer
0, 1, 2 or 3, the kind of indication (configuration, status or received data) and the
indication source (buffer, SART, pump or IOM-2).
Host/ISAR 34 Control Register Low Write/Read Address 05h
76543210
ISAR 34 Interrupt Acknowledge Bit Write Address 04h
76543210
–––––––IIA
ISAR 34 Interrupt Status Read Address 04h
76543210
IIS
PSB 7115
Detailed Register Description
Semiconductor Group 249 02.98
The host interrupt status register (HIS) contains the destination of the transferred
message, i.e. buffer 0, 1, 2 or 3, the kind of command (request message, configuration,
control or transmit data) and the functional block (buffer, SART, pump or IOM-2).
HIA Host Interrupt Acknowledge
When transfering a message to the ISAR 34 mailbox, the final write access to the
host interrupt register will automatically set the HIA bit. The ISAR 34 will reset HIA
as soon as the ISAR 34 is capable to accept another message.
The mailbox contains configuration, status and control information in addition to the
control register MSB as well as transmit and receive data. The number of bytes in the
mailbox is indicated in the control register LSB.
Host Interrupt Status (HIS) Write Address 03h
76543210
Host Interrupt Acknowledge Bit Read Address 03h
76543210
–––––––HIA
Mailbox I/O Data Write/Read Address 02h
76543210
PSB 7115
Detailed Register Description
Semiconductor Group 250 02.98
This register indicates the current write address on the mailbox buffer.
Before any data is written to the mailbox, the write address must be reset to 0 by the host.
For any access to mailbox I/O data, the address pointer will be autoincremented and
does not need to be programmed. This is the recommended way for sequential, fast
access to the mailbox.
For random access, the host has to reprogram the write address pointer.
This register indicates the current read address on the mailbox buffer.
Before the m ailbox con tents o f a mess age are read, the read add ress mu st be res et to
0 by the host. For any access to mailbox I/O data, the address pointer will be
autoin crement ed and does not need to be progra mmed. Thi s is the reco mme nded wa y
for sequential, fast access to the mailbox.
For random access, the host has to reprogram the read address pointer.
Mailbox Write Address Write/Read Address 01h
76543210
Mailbox Read Address Write/Read Address 00h
76543210
PSB 7115
Electrical Characteristics
Semiconductor Group 251 02.98
7 Electrical Characteristics
7.1 Absolute Maximum Ratings
Note: Stresses above those listed here may cause permanent damage to the device.
Exposure to absolute maximum rating conditions for extended periods may affect
devi ce reliability.
Note: The ISAR 34 is an ESD (electrostatic discharge) sensitive device. Electrostatic
charges readily accumulate on the human body and equipment and can discharge
without detection. Permanent damage may occur to devices subjected to high
energy electrostatic discharges.
7.2 Recommended Operating Conditions
VDD = 3.0 to 3.6 V; VDDP = 4.5 to 5.5 V, VSS = 0 V
VDDA = 3.0 to 3.6 V, VSSA = 0 V
VDDAP = 3.0 to 3.6 V, VSSAP = 0 V
Parameter Symbol Limit Values Unit
Ambient temperature under bias TA0 to 70 °C
Storage temperature Tstg – 65 to 125 °C
Supply Voltage VDD – 0.3 to 4.2 V
Supply Voltage VDDA – 0.3 to 4.2 V
Supply Voltage VDDAP – 0.3 to 4.2 V
Supply Voltage VDDP – 0.3 to 6.0 V
Voltage of pin with respect to ground:
XTAL1, XTAL2 VS– 0.3 to VDDA + 0.5 V
Voltage of any other pin with respect
to ground VSIf VDDP < 3 V: – 0.3 to VDD + 0.5
If VDDP > 3 V: – 0.3 to VDDP + 0.5 V
V
PSB 7115
Electrical Characteristics
Semiconductor Group 252 02.98
7.3 DC Characteristics
Conditions: see above (Recommended Operating Conditions); TA = 0 to + 70 °C.
All pins except XTAL1, XTAL2:
For the sequence of applying supply voltage to the ISAR 34 it is necessary that first the
VDDP and then the V DD / VDDA / VDDAP supply is switc hed on. Simult anous ram p up of
both supplies is allowed.
Applying voltages to signal pins when power supply is not active (circuit not under bias)
may cause damage. Refer to paragraph “Absolute Maximum Ratings”.
When power supply is switched on, the pads do not reach their stable bias until after
2µs (maximum ).
Parameter Symbol Limit Values Unit Test Condition
min. max.
High-Level Input Voltage VIH 2.0 V
Low-Level Input Voltage VIL 0.8 V
High-Level
Output Voltage VOH 2.4 V IOH = – 400 µA
Low-Level
Output Voltage VOL 0.45 V IOL = 7 mA
DU, DD, CA(0:17),
CD(0:15), CRD, CWR,
CSM0-3, FSC, DCL,
INTN, SR, ST (50 pF)
IOL = 2 mA
all others (30 pF)
Input leakage current ILI – 10 10 µA0 V < VIN < VDDP
Output leakage current ILO – 10 1 0 µA0 V < VOUT < VDDP
VDD + VDDA + VDDAP
supply current IDDS 150 mA V.34+ connection
VDDP
supply current IDDPS 3 mA V.34+ connection
PSB 7115
Electrical Characteristics
Semiconductor Group 253 02.98
7.4 Capacitances
7.5 Oscillator Circuit
Figure 68 Oscillator Circuit
7.6 XTAL1,2 Recommended Typical Crystal Parameters
Note: The discrete capacitances C
LD
depend on the recommended crystal specification.
Typical values for C
LD
are 22 ... 33 pF.
Parameter Symbol Limi t Values Unit Test Condition
min. max.
Input capacitance CIN 7pF
I/O capaci tanc e CI/O 7pF
Load capacitance CL20 pF XTAL1,2
Parameter Symbol Limit Values Unit
Frequency (CM0,1 = 10) f7.680 MHz
Frequency (CM0,1 = 01) f15.360 MHz
Frequency (CM0,1 = 11) f16.348 MHz
Frequency calibration tolerance max. 100 ppm
Discrete capacitances CLD 33 pF
Resonance Resistor Rr 50
Oscillator mode fundamental
PSB 7115
Electrical Characteristics
Semiconductor Group 254 02.98
7.7 AC Characteristics
7.7.1 Testing Waveform
Conditions as above (Recommended Operating Conditions) at TA = 0 to 70 °C.
Inputs are driven to 2.4 V for a logical ‘1’ and to 0.45 V for a logical ‘0’. Timing
measurements are made at 2.0 V for a logical ‘1’ and 0.8 V for a logical ‘0’. The AC
testing input/output waveforms are shown in the figure below.
Figure 69 Testing Input/Output Waveforms
7.7.2 Parallel Host Interface Timing
Siemens/Intel Bus Mode
Figure 70 Microprocessor Read Timing
PSB 7115
Electrical Characteristics
Semiconductor Group 255 02.98
Figure 71 Mic roproc ess or Write Timing
Figure 72 Multiplexed Address Timing
Figure 73 Non-Multiplexed Address Timing
ITT09661
WR x CS or
A0-A7
t
AH
t
AS
Address
RD X CS
PSB 7115
Electrical Characteristics
Semiconductor Group 256 02.98
Motorola Bus Mode
Figure 74 Microprocessor Read Timing
Figure 75 Microprocessor Write Timing
Figure 76 Non-Multiplexed Address Timing
ITT09679
CS x DS
D0 - D7
t
DW
Data
t
WD
DSD
t
WW
tt
WI
R / W
t
RWD
ITT09662
CS x DS
AD0 - AD7
t
AH
t
AS
PSB 7115
Electrical Characteristics
Semiconductor Group 257 02.98
Parameter Symbol Limit Values Unit
min. max.
ALE pulse width tAA 50 ns
Address setup time to ALE tAL 15 ns
Address hold time from ALE tLA 10 ns
Address latch setup time to WR, RD tALS 0ns
Address setup time tAS 25 ns
Address hold time tAH 10 ns
ALE guard time tAD 15 ns
DS delay after R/W setup tDSD 0ns
R/W hold from CS x DS inactive tRWD 0ns
RD pulse width tRR 110 ns
Data output delay from RD tRD 110 ns
Data float from RD tDF 25 ns
RD control interval tRI 70 ns
W pulse width tWW 60 ns
Data setup time to W x CS tDW 35 ns
Data hold time W x CS tWD 10 ns
W control interval tWI 70 ns
PSB 7115
Electrical Characteristics
Semiconductor Group 258 02.98
7.7.3 External Memory Interface Timing
Figure 77 External Memory Interface - Write Cycle
Figure 78 External Memory Interface - Read Cycle
PSB 7115
Electrical Characteristics
Semiconductor Group 259 02.98
Parameter Symbol Limit Values Unit
min. max.
Chip Select Setup Time tSC -2.3 1.0 ns
Chip Select Hold Time tHC 1.0 ns
Address Setup Time Write tSAW 4.0 ns
Address Hold Time after End of Write tHAW 1.3 ns
Write Pulse Width tWP 25.0 ns
CWR low to Output Enable tOE 1.0 ns
CWR low to Data valid tSWR 12.5 ns
Data Hold Time tHD 01.0ns
Read Pulse Width tRP 38.5 ns
Address Setup Time Read tSAR -4.0 1.0 ns
Address Hold Time after End of Read tHAR 1.0 ns
Data Setup Time tSD 18.5 ns
PSB 7115
Electrical Characteristics
Semiconductor Group 260 02.98
7.7.4 IOM-2 Interface Timing
Figure 79 IOM-2 Timing with Double Rate DCL
Parameter Symbol Limit Values Unit
min. max.
DCL period TP244 ns
DCL high TWH 100 ns
DCL low TWL 100 ns
Frame sync setup TFSS 40 ns
Frame sync hold TFSH 40 ns
Output data from high impedance to active TOZD 100 ns
Output data delay from clock TODD 100 ns
Output data from active to high impedance TODZ 80 ns
Input data setup TIDS 20 ns
Input data hold TIDH 40 ns
PSB 7115
Package Outlines
Semiconductor Group 261 02.98
8 Package Outlines
P-TQFP-144-2
(Plastic Thin Quad Flat Package)
GPP0 5616
Sorts of Packing
Package outlines for tubes, trays etc. are contained in our
Data Book “Package Information”. Dimensions in mm
SMD = Surface Mounted Device
Semiconductor Group 262 02.98
PSB 7115
Index
A
Absolute maximum ratings 251
AC characteristics 254
ASYNC mode 46
B
Binary file structure 206
Binary mode 47
Block header 210
Buffer 43
configuration request 81
configuration response 82
configuration setup 79
control command 84
general status event 90
specific status event 89
status request 85
status response 87
Bypass mode 54
C
C/I-channel 56
Capacitances 253
Chip version
request 201
response 201
Communications interface 39
Control registers 67
Crystal 29
Crystal parameters 253
D
Datamodem modulations 50
DC characteristics 252
D-channel 56
Device architecture 19
DSP program download 206
DTMF 53
E
Electrical characteristics 251
Example configuration settings 243
External memory interface 36
timing 258
F
Fax Class 1 implementation 225
binary reception 233
binary transmission 231
call termination 234
HDLC reception 232
HDLC transmission 230
procedure termination 228, 234
startup procedure 229
Fax modulations 48
File header 208
Functional blocks 42
Functional description 28
G
General purpose I/O interface 37
GPIO (General Purpose IOs) 188
H
Halfduplex modulations 51
HDLC mode 45
HIS 62
Host communication 60
Host interface 31
timing 254
I
IIS 62
Interrupt status byte 62
Semiconductor Group 263 02.98
PSB 7115
Index
Invalid messages 205
IOM-2
configuration 55
configuration request 170
configuration response
general code 171
path 1 and 2 172
path 3 175
configuration setup
path 1 and 2 166
path 3 169
control commands
general code 176
path 1 and 2 178
status events 180
IOM-2 interface 34
timing 260
L
Logic symbol 18
M
Mailbox 39, 41
Message overview 76
Message structure 61
Message transfer 72
MONITOR channel 59
buffer configuration and status
181
configuration request 184
configuration response 184
configuration setup 182
RX data 185
status events 187
TX data 186
O
Operational description 60
Oscillator circuit 253
P
Package outlines 261
Physical interfaces 31
Pinconfiguration 20
description 21
PLL 30
Pump 48
configuration setup
bypass mode 126
datamodem modulations
114
DTMF 123
fax modulations 112
halfduplex modulations 118
V.110 121
control command
bypass mode 136
C/I-Channel 137
datamodem modulations
131
DTMF 135
fax modulations 128
halfduplex modulations 131
V.110 132
status events
bypass mode 164
D- and C/I-channel 165
datamodem modulations
157
Semiconductor Group 264 02.98
PSB 7115
Index
DTMF 163
fax modulations 155
halfduplex modulations 158
V.110 159
status request 139
status response
bypass mode 153
datamodem modulations
142
DTMF 152
fax modulations 140
halfduplex modulations 146
pump disabled 154
V.110 148
Pump configuration 110
R
Recommended operating condi-
tions
251
Register description 246
Rejection level 53
Reset 68
S
SAI interface 35
SART 45
configuration setup
ASYNC 94
binary 97
disable SART 99
HDLC 92
control commands with TX
data
ASYNC
107
binary 109
HDLC 105
status events with RX data
ASYNC 103
binary 104
HDLC 101
Selftest
request 203
response 203
Software reset 39, 204
Software version
request 202
response 202
Startup procedures 235
automode operation 236
V.8 negotiation 235
Summary of messages 239
System integration 13
T
Test/diagnostics path 199
Testing waveform 254
TIC-Bus Access 57
Timer interrupt
event 200
on/off 199
Twist 53
V
V.110 52
V.8 235